Browse Source

avoid caps HTML tags

git-svn-id: https://svn.osgeo.org/grass/grass/trunk@49148 15284696-431f-4ddb-bdfa-cd5b030d7da7
Markus Neteler 13 years ago
parent
commit
e437cd9f59
100 changed files with 642 additions and 1111 deletions
  1. 0 2
      db/db.columns/db.columns.html
  2. 5 10
      db/db.connect/db.connect.html
  3. 1 2
      db/db.copy/db.copy.html
  4. 0 1
      db/db.createdb/db.createdb.html
  5. 1 2
      db/db.drivers/db.drivers.html
  6. 14 28
      db/db.execute/db.execute.html
  7. 2 4
      db/db.login/db.login.html
  8. 0 4
      db/db.select/db.select.html
  9. 0 1
      db/db.tables/db.tables.html
  10. 7 8
      display/d.barscale/d.barscale.html
  11. 1 1
      display/d.colorlist/d.colorlist.html
  12. 11 24
      display/d.colors/d.colors.html
  13. 9 13
      display/d.colortable/d.colortable.html
  14. 1 2
      display/d.erase/d.erase.html
  15. 6 10
      display/d.font/d.font.html
  16. 2 2
      display/d.fontlist/d.fontlist.html
  17. 4 7
      display/d.geodesic/d.geodesic.html
  18. 12 17
      display/d.graph/d.graph.html
  19. 12 17
      display/d.grid/d.grid.html
  20. 14 22
      display/d.his/d.his.html
  21. 2 4
      display/d.histogram/d.histogram.html
  22. 1 2
      display/d.info/d.info.html
  23. 9 11
      display/d.labels/d.labels.html
  24. 29 43
      display/d.legend/d.legend.html
  25. 9 15
      display/d.linegraph/d.linegraph.html
  26. 8 8
      display/d.measure/d.measure.html
  27. 5 10
      display/d.mon/d.mon.html
  28. 2 4
      display/d.path/d.path.html
  29. 12 19
      display/d.rast.arrow/d.rast.arrow.html
  30. 2 5
      display/d.rast.num/d.rast.num.html
  31. 1 2
      display/d.rast/d.rast.html
  32. 12 14
      display/d.rgb/d.rgb.html
  33. 3 5
      display/d.rhumbline/d.rhumbline.html
  34. 11 15
      display/d.text/d.text.html
  35. 4 4
      display/d.thematic.area/d.thematic.area.html
  36. 12 14
      display/d.title/d.title.html
  37. 11 22
      display/d.vect/d.vect.html
  38. 6 23
      display/d.what.rast/d.what.rast.html
  39. 5 13
      display/d.what.vect/d.what.vect.html
  40. 7 10
      display/d.where/d.where.html
  41. 0 2
      display/d.zoom/d.zoom.html
  42. 7 9
      doc/vector/v.modules.html
  43. 12 17
      doc/vector/vector.html
  44. 2 4
      general/g.access/g.access.html
  45. 0 5
      general/g.copy/g.copy.html
  46. 8 12
      general/g.filename/g.filename.html
  47. 6 7
      general/g.findetc/g.findetc.html
  48. 4 8
      general/g.findfile/g.findfile.html
  49. 5 10
      general/g.gisenv/g.gisenv.html
  50. 4 8
      general/g.gui/g.gui.html
  51. 3 7
      general/g.list/g.list.html
  52. 10 20
      general/g.mapsets/g.mapsets.html
  53. 9 19
      general/g.message/g.message.html
  54. 5 10
      general/g.mkfontcap/g.mkfontcap.html
  55. 3 6
      general/g.mlist/g.mlist.html
  56. 1 2
      general/g.mremove/g.mremove.html
  57. 8 16
      general/g.parser/g.parser.html
  58. 4 8
      general/g.pnmcat/g.pnmcat.html
  59. 13 25
      general/g.proj/g.proj.html
  60. 9 35
      general/g.region/g.region.html
  61. 0 1
      general/g.remove/g.remove.html
  62. 1 4
      general/g.rename/g.rename.html
  63. 8 11
      general/g.setproj/g.setproj.html
  64. 0 1
      general/g.tempfile/g.tempfile.html
  65. 1 2
      general/g.version/g.version.html
  66. 1 2
      imagery/i.albedo/i.albedo.html
  67. 3 4
      imagery/i.aster.toar/i.aster.toar.html
  68. 14 29
      imagery/i.atcorr/i.atcorr.html
  69. 2 3
      imagery/i.biomass/i.biomass.html
  70. 8 11
      imagery/i.cca/i.cca.html
  71. 44 62
      imagery/i.class/i.class.html
  72. 5 11
      imagery/i.cluster/i.cluster.html
  73. 4 5
      imagery/i.eb.eta/i.eb.eta.html
  74. 4 5
      imagery/i.eb.evapfr/i.eb.evapfr.html
  75. 4 5
      imagery/i.eb.netrad/i.eb.netrad.html
  76. 6 7
      imagery/i.eb.soilheatflux/i.eb.soilheatflux.html
  77. 3 5
      imagery/i.emissivity/i.emissivity.html
  78. 4 8
      imagery/i.evapo.mh/i.evapo.mh.html
  79. 1 1
      imagery/i.evapo.pm/i.evapo.pm.html
  80. 2 4
      imagery/i.evapo.pt/i.evapo.pt.html
  81. 1 2
      imagery/i.evapo.time/i.evapo.time.html
  82. 6 10
      imagery/i.fft/i.fft.html
  83. 15 26
      imagery/i.gensig/i.gensig.html
  84. 23 41
      imagery/i.gensigset/i.gensigset.html
  85. 3 6
      imagery/i.group/i.group.html
  86. 2 4
      imagery/i.his.rgb/i.his.rgb.html
  87. 7 11
      imagery/i.ifft/i.ifft.html
  88. 2 4
      imagery/i.landsat.acca/i.landsat.acca.html
  89. 9 18
      imagery/i.landsat.toar/i.landsat.toar.html
  90. 2 3
      imagery/i.latlong/i.latlong.html
  91. 9 17
      imagery/i.maxlik/i.maxlik.html
  92. 1 2
      imagery/i.modis.qc/i.modis.qc.html
  93. 12 19
      imagery/i.pca/i.pca.html
  94. 34 48
      imagery/i.points/i.points.html
  95. 12 26
      imagery/i.rectify/i.rectify.html
  96. 1 2
      imagery/i.rgb.his/i.rgb.his.html
  97. 13 23
      imagery/i.smap/i.smap.html
  98. 4 8
      imagery/i.sunhours/i.sunhours.html
  99. 5 10
      imagery/i.target/i.target.html
  100. 0 0
      imagery/i.vi/i.vi.html

+ 0 - 2
db/db.columns/db.columns.html

@@ -17,14 +17,12 @@ db.columns table=markveggy driver=pg database=grass60test
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>If database parameters are already set</em><br>
 <em>If database parameters are already set</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.columns table=markveggy
 db.columns table=markveggy
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>List columns from Shape file with DBF attribute table</em><br>
 <em>List columns from Shape file with DBF attribute table</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.columns table=network driver=dbf database=/daten/grassdata/fire/PERMANENT/dbf/
 db.columns table=network driver=dbf database=/daten/grassdata/fire/PERMANENT/dbf/

+ 5 - 10
db/db.connect/db.connect.html

@@ -9,14 +9,11 @@ user does not need to enter the parameters each time.
 
 
 Values are stored in the mapset's <tt>VAR</tt> file;
 Values are stored in the mapset's <tt>VAR</tt> file;
 the connection is not tested for validity.
 the connection is not tested for validity.
-<p>
-The <b>-p</b> flag will display the current connection parameters. 
-<p>
-The <b>-c</b> flag will silently check if the connection parameters have
+<p>The <b>-p</b> flag will display the current connection parameters. 
+<p>The <b>-c</b> flag will silently check if the connection parameters have
 been set, and if not will set them to use GRASS's default values.
 been set, and if not will set them to use GRASS's default values.
 (useful in scripts before you attempt to create a new database table)
 (useful in scripts before you attempt to create a new database table)
-<p>
-To connect a vector map to a database table, use <em>v.db.connect</em>
+<p>To connect a vector map to a database table, use <em>v.db.connect</em>
 or <em>v.db.addtable</em>.
 or <em>v.db.addtable</em>.
 
 
 
 
@@ -42,8 +39,7 @@ db.connect driver=sqlite database='$GISDBASE/$LOCATION_NAME/$MAPSET/sqlite.db'
 db.connect -p
 db.connect -p
 db.tables -p
 db.tables -p
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
-<p>
-The SQLite database is created automatically when used the first time.
+<p>The SQLite database is created automatically when used the first time.
 
 
 
 
 <h3>ODBC</h3>
 <h3>ODBC</h3>
@@ -122,5 +118,4 @@ db.tables -p
 
 
 Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
 Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
db/db.copy/db.copy.html

@@ -71,5 +71,4 @@ db.copy from_driver=sqlite from_database=$HOME/grassdata/spearfish60/user1/sqlit
 
 
 Radim Blazek, ITC-irst, Trento, Italy
 Radim Blazek, ITC-irst, Trento, Italy
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 0 - 1
db/db.createdb/db.createdb.html

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ db.createdb driver=odbc database=grass60test
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Create a new PostgreSQL database (if PostgreSQL connection is established
 <em>Create a new PostgreSQL database (if PostgreSQL connection is established
 through pg driver)</em><br>
 through pg driver)</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>

+ 1 - 2
db/db.drivers/db.drivers.html

@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
 
 
 Show all installed GRASS database drivers:
 Show all installed GRASS database drivers:
-<p>
-<div class="code"><pre>
+<p><div class="code"><pre>
 db.drivers -p
 db.drivers -p
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 

+ 14 - 28
db/db.execute/db.execute.html

@@ -6,18 +6,15 @@
 
 
 <em>db.execute</em> only executes SQL statements and does not return 
 <em>db.execute</em> only executes SQL statements and does not return 
 any data. If you need data returned from the database, use <em>db.select</em>.
 any data. If you need data returned from the database, use <em>db.select</em>.
-<p>
-If parameters for database connection are already set with 
+<p>If parameters for database connection are already set with 
 <a href="db.connect.html">db.connect</a>, they are taken as default values and
 <a href="db.connect.html">db.connect</a>, they are taken as default values and
 do not need to be specified each time.
 do not need to be specified each time.
-<p>
-If you have a large number of SQL commands to process, it is much much faster
+<p>If you have a large number of SQL commands to process, it is much much faster
 to place all the SQL statements into a text file and use <em>db.execute</em>'s
 to place all the SQL statements into a text file and use <em>db.execute</em>'s
 <b>input</b> file parameter than it is to process each statement individually
 <b>input</b> file parameter than it is to process each statement individually
 in a loop. If multiple instruction lines are given, each SQL line must end
 in a loop. If multiple instruction lines are given, each SQL line must end
 with a semicolon.
 with a semicolon.
-<p>
-Please see the individual <a href="sql.html">sql driver</a> pages for how to create
+<p>Please see the individual <a href="sql.html">sql driver</a> pages for how to create
 a new database.
 a new database.
 
 
 <h2>EXAMPLES</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLES</h2>
@@ -27,63 +24,53 @@ a new database.
 echo 'create table soils (cat integer, soiltype varchar(10) )' | db.execute
 echo 'create table soils (cat integer, soiltype varchar(10) )' | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Create a new table using a file with SQL statements:</em><br>
+<p><em>Create a new table using a file with SQL statements:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.execute driver=odbc database=g60test input=file.sql
 db.execute driver=odbc database=g60test input=file.sql
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Insert new row into attribute table:</em><br>
+<p><em>Insert new row into attribute table:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "INSERT INTO nobugs (id,name,east_gb,north_gb) values (30,'Ala',1657340,5072301)" | db.execute
 echo "INSERT INTO nobugs (id,name,east_gb,north_gb) values (30,'Ala',1657340,5072301)" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Update attribute entries to new value based on SQL rule:</em><br>
+<p><em>Update attribute entries to new value based on SQL rule:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "UPDATE roads SET travelcost=5 WHERE cat=1" | db.execute
 echo "UPDATE roads SET travelcost=5 WHERE cat=1" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Update attribute entries to new value based on SQL rule:</em><br>
+<p><em>Update attribute entries to new value based on SQL rule:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "UPDATE dourokukan SET testc=50 WHERE testc is NULL" | db.execute
 echo "UPDATE dourokukan SET testc=50 WHERE testc is NULL" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Delete selected rows from attribute table:</em><br>
+<p><em>Delete selected rows from attribute table:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "DELETE FROM gsod_stationlist WHERE latitude < -91" | db.execute
 echo "DELETE FROM gsod_stationlist WHERE latitude < -91" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Add new column to attribute table:</em><br>
+<p><em>Add new column to attribute table:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "ALTER TABLE roads ADD COLUMN length double" | db.execute
 echo "ALTER TABLE roads ADD COLUMN length double" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Column type conversion - update new column from existing column (all drivers except for DBF):</em><br>
+<p><em>Column type conversion - update new column from existing column (all drivers except for DBF):</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 # 'z_value' is varchar and 'z' is double precision:
 # 'z_value' is varchar and 'z' is double precision:
 echo "update geodetic_pts SET z = CAST(z_value AS numeric)" | db.execute
 echo "update geodetic_pts SET z = CAST(z_value AS numeric)" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Drop column from attribute table:</em><br>
+<p><em>Drop column from attribute table:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "ALTER TABLE roads DROP COLUMN length" | db.execute
 echo "ALTER TABLE roads DROP COLUMN length" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Drop table (not supported by all drivers)</em><br>
+<p><em>Drop table (not supported by all drivers)</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "DROP TABLE fmacopy" | db.execute
 echo "DROP TABLE fmacopy" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Update attribute with multiple SQL instructions in file (e.g., file.sql,
+<p><em>Update attribute with multiple SQL instructions in file (e.g., file.sql,
     instruction line must end with a semicolon):</em><br>
     instruction line must end with a semicolon):</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 UPDATE roads SET travelcost=5 WHERE cat=1;
 UPDATE roads SET travelcost=5 WHERE cat=1;
@@ -92,8 +79,7 @@ UPDATE roads SET travelcost=2 WHERE cat=2;
 cat file.sql | db.execute
 cat file.sql | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Join table 'myroads' into table 'extratab' based on common 'cat' column values (not supported by DBF driver):</em><br>
+<p><em>Join table 'myroads' into table 'extratab' based on common 'cat' column values (not supported by DBF driver):</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "UPDATE extratab SET names=(SELECT label FROM myroads WHERE extratab.cat=myroads.cat);" | db.execute
 echo "UPDATE extratab SET names=(SELECT label FROM myroads WHERE extratab.cat=myroads.cat);" | db.execute
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>

+ 2 - 4
db/db.login/db.login.html

@@ -17,16 +17,14 @@ Example 1: Username specified, password will be invisibly queried interactively:
 db.login user=bacava
 db.login user=bacava
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Example 2: Username and password specified (note that the command
+<p>Example 2: Username and password specified (note that the command
 lines history will store the password in this way):
 lines history will store the password in this way):
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.login user=bacava pass=secret
 db.login user=bacava pass=secret
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Example 3: Username and empty password specified (note that the command
+<p>Example 3: Username and empty password specified (note that the command
 lines history will store the password in this way):
 lines history will store the password in this way):
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>

+ 0 - 4
db/db.select/db.select.html

@@ -22,28 +22,24 @@ or
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Select all from table roads</em><br>
 <em>Select all from table roads</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.select -c driver=odbc database=g51test table=roads input=file.sql > result.csv
 db.select -c driver=odbc database=g51test table=roads input=file.sql > result.csv
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Select some string attribute, exclude others:</em><br>
 <em>Select some string attribute, exclude others:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "SELECT * FROM archsites WHERE str1 &lt;&gt; 'No Name'" | db.select
 echo "SELECT * FROM archsites WHERE str1 &lt;&gt; 'No Name'" | db.select
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Select some string attribute with ZERO length:</em><br>
 <em>Select some string attribute with ZERO length:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "SELECT * FROM archsites WHERE str1 IS NULL" | db.select
 echo "SELECT * FROM archsites WHERE str1 IS NULL" | db.select
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Select coordinates from PostGIS table:</em><br>
 <em>Select coordinates from PostGIS table:</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 echo "SELECT x(geo),y(geo) FROM localizzazione" | db.select
 echo "SELECT x(geo),y(geo) FROM localizzazione" | db.select

+ 0 - 1
db/db.tables/db.tables.html

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ db.tables -p
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>List all tables of existing dbf database</em><br>
 <em>List all tables of existing dbf database</em><br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.tables driver=dbf database=/home/user/grassdata/fire/PERMANENT/dbf
 db.tables driver=dbf database=/home/user/grassdata/fire/PERMANENT/dbf

+ 7 - 8
display/d.barscale/d.barscale.html

@@ -17,17 +17,16 @@ arrow. Instead, the -s flag can be used to draw a barscale only.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</A><br>
-<a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</A><br>
-<a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</A><br>
-<a href="d.measure.html">d.measure</A><br>
-<a href="d.where.html">d.where</A><br>  
-<a href="g.region.html">g.region</A><br>
+<a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</a><br>
+<a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</a><br>
+<a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</a><br>
+<a href="d.measure.html">d.measure</a><br>
+<a href="d.where.html">d.where</a><br>  
+<a href="g.region.html">g.region</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 unknown.
 unknown.
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 1
display/d.colorlist/d.colorlist.html

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ separator (default is comma).
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a></em><br>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 11 - 24
display/d.colors/d.colors.html

@@ -6,16 +6,14 @@ raster map layer. The user can change these map category color assignments
 raster map to the graphics monitor and then running the program
 raster map to the graphics monitor and then running the program
 <em>d.colors</em>.
 <em>d.colors</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-Any color changes made using <em>d.colors</em> will not immediately be
+<p>Any color changes made using <em>d.colors</em> will not immediately be
 shown on the graphics display; however, any color changes saved will
 shown on the graphics display; however, any color changes saved will
 still alter the map's color table and will appear next time the raster
 still alter the map's color table and will appear next time the raster
-map layer is redisplayed (see <em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</A></em>).
+map layer is redisplayed (see <em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</a></em>).
 
 
-<p>
-The user must first display the relevant raster map layer to the
+<p>The user must first display the relevant raster map layer to the
 active frame on the graphics monitor (e.g., using
 active frame on the graphics monitor (e.g., using
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em>) before running
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em>) before running
 <em>d.colors</em>. The user can then either enter the name of the
 <em>d.colors</em>. The user can then either enter the name of the
 raster map layer whose color table is to be changed on the command
 raster map layer whose color table is to be changed on the command
 line (e.g., by typing: <tt>d.colors map=soils</tt>), or type
 line (e.g., by typing: <tt>d.colors map=soils</tt>), or type
@@ -24,11 +22,10 @@ line (e.g., by typing: <tt>d.colors map=soils</tt>), or type
 <em>d.colors</em> will ask the user to enter the name of an existing
 <em>d.colors</em> will ask the user to enter the name of an existing
 raster map layer using the standard GRASS interface.
 raster map layer using the standard GRASS interface.
 
 
-<p>
-In either case, the user is then presented with the <em>d.colors</em>
+<p>In either case, the user is then presented with the <em>d.colors</em>
 command menu, shown below.
 command menu, shown below.
 <!-- This menu is the same as the category and color
 <!-- This menu is the same as the category and color
-changing portion of the <em><a href="d.display.html">d.display</A></em>
+changing portion of the <em><a href="d.display.html">d.display</a></em>
 menu. -->
 menu. -->
 The <em>d.colors</em> commands are listed beneath the Category
 The <em>d.colors</em> commands are listed beneath the Category
 Pointer Movement, Color Modification, Replotting Screen, and Quitting
 Pointer Movement, Color Modification, Replotting Screen, and Quitting
@@ -86,7 +83,6 @@ with an arrow, and is indicated on the graphics screen by a box around the
 current color. 
 current color. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Changing colors - The color associated with the current category can be 
 Changing colors - The color associated with the current category can be 
 changed with the 
 changed with the 
 <b>"R, r, G, g, B,"</b>
 <b>"R, r, G, g, B,"</b>
@@ -107,7 +103,6 @@ be confusing. For starters, yellow is made by mixing red and green. The
 intensities are listed on the text screen in as percentages. 
 intensities are listed on the text screen in as percentages. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Keys <b>I</b> and <b>i</b> increase and decrease the
 Keys <b>I</b> and <b>i</b> increase and decrease the
 percentage change that each keystroke of one of the color
 percentage change that each keystroke of one of the color
 keys (<em>R, r, G, g, B, b</em>) causes in its respective
 keys (<em>R, r, G, g, B, b</em>) causes in its respective
@@ -116,7 +111,6 @@ Thus, pressing the <em>R</em> key would will increase the
 red component of the current category by 10%.
 red component of the current category by 10%.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Highlight - The 
 Highlight - The 
 <b>h</b>
 <b>h</b>
 key toggles between the current category color and the current 
 key toggles between the current category color and the current 
@@ -130,14 +124,12 @@ always left showing their actual colors. Only one category is highlighted
 at any one time. 
 at any one time. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Saving the current color table - 
 Saving the current color table - 
 Pressing the <b>c</b> key will save the current color table as you have 
 Pressing the <b>c</b> key will save the current color table as you have 
 modified it. This table will then be used next time you 
 modified it. This table will then be used next time you 
 display or paint this raster map layer. 
 display or paint this raster map layer. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Color table toggle - Different types of color tables are suitable for 
 Color table toggle - Different types of color tables are suitable for 
 different raster map layers. 
 different raster map layers. 
 The key 
 The key 
@@ -146,7 +138,6 @@ flips between the following color tables: red, green, blue color ramp; gray
 scale; smooth changing color wave; random colors; and the saved color table. 
 scale; smooth changing color wave; random colors; and the saved color table. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Color table shift - The entire table is shifted up and down using the 
 Color table shift - The entire table is shifted up and down using the 
 <b>+</b>
 <b>+</b>
 and 
 and 
@@ -154,7 +145,6 @@ and
 keys. 
 keys. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Quitting the <em>d.colors</em> program - Pressing the
 Quitting the <em>d.colors</em> program - Pressing the
 <b>Q</b> key will cause you to quit the <em>d.colors</em>
 <b>Q</b> key will cause you to quit the <em>d.colors</em>
 program.  If colors have been modified but not saved,
 program.  If colors have been modified but not saved,
@@ -172,7 +162,6 @@ If the user types <b>n</b>, the program will ask:
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The map whose color table is to be altered with
 The map whose color table is to be altered with
 <em>d.colors</em> must already be on display in the active
 <em>d.colors</em> must already be on display in the active
 display frame on the graphics monitor before
 display frame on the graphics monitor before
@@ -180,8 +169,7 @@ display frame on the graphics monitor before
 command <em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a> map=name</em> (where <em>name</em> is a raster map
 command <em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a> map=name</em> (where <em>name</em> is a raster map
 layer whose color table the user wishes to alter).
 layer whose color table the user wishes to alter).
 
 
-<p>
-Some color monitors may not support the full range of colors required 
+<p>Some color monitors may not support the full range of colors required 
 to display all of the map's categories listed in the map's color table. 
 to display all of the map's categories listed in the map's color table. 
 However, regardless of whether the user can see the color changes he is 
 However, regardless of whether the user can see the color changes he is 
 effecting to a map's color table, any changes to a map's color table 
 effecting to a map's color table, any changes to a map's color table 
@@ -190,9 +178,9 @@ made with <em>d.colors</em> that are saved will appear in the map's color table.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</A>,
-<a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A>,
-<a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A>
+<a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</a>,
+<a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a>,
+<a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
@@ -200,6 +188,5 @@ made with <em>d.colors</em> that are saved will appear in the map's color table.
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
 
 

+ 9 - 13
display/d.colortable/d.colortable.html

@@ -6,16 +6,14 @@ active frame on the graphics monitor. The <em>map</em> name should be
 an available raster map layer in the user's current mapset search path 
 an available raster map layer in the user's current mapset search path 
 and location. 
 and location. 
 
 
-<p>
-If the <em>values</em> of both <em>lines</em> and <em>cols</em> are
+<p>If the <em>values</em> of both <em>lines</em> and <em>cols</em> are
 not specified by the user, <em>d.colortable</em> 
 not specified by the user, <em>d.colortable</em> 
 divides the active frame equally among the number of categories 
 divides the active frame equally among the number of categories 
 present in the named raster map layer. If one option is specified, 
 present in the named raster map layer. If one option is specified, 
 the other is automatically set to accommodate all categories. 
 the other is automatically set to accommodate all categories. 
 If both are specified, as many categories as possible are displayed. 
 If both are specified, as many categories as possible are displayed. 
 
 
-<p>
-If the user specifies the name of a map on the command line but does not 
+<p>If the user specifies the name of a map on the command line but does not 
 specify the values of other parameters, parameter default values will be used. 
 specify the values of other parameters, parameter default values will be used. 
 Alternately, if the user types simply <em>d.colortable</em> on the command line 
 Alternately, if the user types simply <em>d.colortable</em> on the command line 
 without any program arguments, the program will prompt the user for parameter 
 without any program arguments, the program will prompt the user for parameter 
@@ -55,24 +53,22 @@ be displayed in a graphics frame with only 3 lines (rows) and 2 columns
 (a total of six cells), 
 (a total of six cells), 
 only six of the ten map categories will be displayed. 
 only six of the ten map categories will be displayed. 
 
 
-<p>
-The user should run the GRASS program 
-<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A></em> between 
+<p>The user should run the GRASS program 
+<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a></em> between 
 runs of <em>d.colortable</em> to avoid confusion. 
 runs of <em>d.colortable</em> to avoid confusion. 
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A><br>
-<a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A><br>
-<a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</A><br>
-<a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A>
+<a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a><br>
+<a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a><br>
+<a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</a><br>
+<a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
display/d.erase/d.erase.html

@@ -18,5 +18,4 @@ specified by the user.
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research
 Laboratory
 Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 6 - 10
display/d.font/d.font.html

@@ -1,25 +1,22 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>d.font</em> allows the user to select use of a specific text font for 
 <em>d.font</em> allows the user to select use of a specific text font for 
 display of text on the graphics monitor. 
 display of text on the graphics monitor. 
 The GRASS program 
 The GRASS program 
-<em><a href="../html/show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</A></em>
+<em><a href="../html/show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</a></em>
 is a UNIX Bourne shell macro which 
 is a UNIX Bourne shell macro which 
 names and displays the fonts that can be selected using <em>d.font</em>.
 names and displays the fonts that can be selected using <em>d.font</em>.
 If the user does not specify a font when using other GRASS programs 
 If the user does not specify a font when using other GRASS programs 
 that display text, the font type <em>romans</em> is used by default. 
 that display text, the font type <em>romans</em> is used by default. 
 
 
-<p>
-The user can run this program either non-interactively or interactively. 
+<p>The user can run this program either non-interactively or interactively. 
 If the user specifies a font type name on the command line the program will 
 If the user specifies a font type name on the command line the program will 
 run non-interactively. 
 run non-interactively. 
 Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.font</b> on the command line; 
 Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.font</b> on the command line; 
 in this case, the program will prompt the user for a display 
 in this case, the program will prompt the user for a display 
 text font type.
 text font type.
 
 
-<p>
-<b>Parameter:</b> 
+<p><b>Parameter:</b> 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>font=</b><em>name</em>
 <dt><b>font=</b><em>name</em>
 <dd>Name of a font type, from among the font types italicized below. 
 <dd>Name of a font type, from among the font types italicized below. 
@@ -56,16 +53,15 @@ is the fastest font type to display to the graphics monitor.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<em>d.font</em> uses the public domain version of the Hershey Fonts created 
+<p><em>d.font</em> uses the public domain version of the Hershey Fonts created 
 by Dr. A.V. Hershey while working at the U.S. National Bureau of 
 by Dr. A.V. Hershey while working at the U.S. National Bureau of 
 Standards.
 Standards.
 
 

+ 2 - 2
display/d.fontlist/d.fontlist.html

@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ GRASS display commands.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="parser.html">parser</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="parser.html">parser</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 4 - 7
display/d.geodesic/d.geodesic.html

@@ -15,13 +15,11 @@ the mouse to indicate the starting and ending points of each geodesic line
 to be drawn. The default line color (black) and text color (red) 
 to be drawn. The default line color (black) and text color (red) 
 will be used. 
 will be used. 
 
 
-<p>
-Alternately, the user can specify the starting and ending coordinates 
+<p>Alternately, the user can specify the starting and ending coordinates 
 of the geodesic, line color, and text color on the command line, 
 of the geodesic, line color, and text color on the command line, 
 and run the program non-interactively. 
 and run the program non-interactively. 
 
 
-<p>
-Once the user indicates the starting and ending coordinates 
+<p>Once the user indicates the starting and ending coordinates 
 of the geodesic, the line and its length (in miles) are displayed to 
 of the geodesic, the line and its length (in miles) are displayed to 
 the user's graphics monitor. If the text color is set to <em>none</em>,
 the user's graphics monitor. If the text color is set to <em>none</em>,
 the great circle distance is not displayed.
 the great circle distance is not displayed.
@@ -35,8 +33,7 @@ d.vect world_political type=area
 d.geodesic coor=55:58W,33:18S,26:43E,60:37N lcolor=yellow tcolor=red
 d.geodesic coor=55:58W,33:18S,26:43E,60:37N lcolor=yellow tcolor=red
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<center>
+<p><center>
 <img src="d_geodesic.png" border=1><br>
 <img src="d_geodesic.png" border=1><br>
 <i>Geodesic line (great circle line)</i>
 <i>Geodesic line (great circle line)</i>
 </center>
 </center>
@@ -48,7 +45,7 @@ coordinate system.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.rhumbline.html">d.rhumbline</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.rhumbline.html">d.rhumbline</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 12 - 17
display/d.graph/d.graph.html

@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ a <em>CTRL-d</em> is used to signal the end of input to <em>d.graph</em>.
 Coordinates are given either as a percentage of frame height and width
 Coordinates are given either as a percentage of frame height and width
 (default) or in geographic coordinates (with the <b>-m</b> flag).
 (default) or in geographic coordinates (with the <b>-m</b> flag).
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The program can be run interactively or non-interactively. 
 The program can be run interactively or non-interactively. 
 The user can run the program completely non-interactively 
 The user can run the program completely non-interactively 
 by specifying the name of a graphics file containing the 
 by specifying the name of a graphics file containing the 
@@ -22,15 +21,13 @@ In this case, <em>d.graph</em> will expect the user to input <em>d.graph</em>
 graphics commands from standard input (i.e., the keyboard) and 
 graphics commands from standard input (i.e., the keyboard) and 
 will (silently) prompt the user for these graphics commands. 
 will (silently) prompt the user for these graphics commands. 
 
 
-<p>
-Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.graph</b> on the command line, 
+<p>Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.graph</b> on the command line, 
 and be prompted for the values of all parameters<!-- (the user can still 
 and be prompted for the values of all parameters<!-- (the user can still 
 input graphics commands from either an input file or standard input 
 input graphics commands from either an input file or standard input 
 using this form)-->. In this case, the user is presented with the standard 
 using this form)-->. In this case, the user is presented with the standard 
 GRASS GUI interface.
 GRASS GUI interface.
 
 
-<p>
-The default coordinate system used is 0-100 percent of the active frame 
+<p>The default coordinate system used is 0-100 percent of the active frame 
 in x and similarly 0-100 in y,
 in x and similarly 0-100 in y,
 regardless of the graphics monitor display frame size and aspect. 
 regardless of the graphics monitor display frame size and aspect. 
 The (0,0) location is the lower left corner of the active graphics 
 The (0,0) location is the lower left corner of the active graphics 
@@ -40,8 +37,7 @@ If the <b>-m</b> flag is given, geographic coordinates will be used instead.
 
 
 <h2>COMMANDS</h2>
 <h2>COMMANDS</h2>
 
 
-<p>
-The graphics language is simple, and uses the following commands: 
+<p>The graphics language is simple, and uses the following commands: 
 <br>
 <br>
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dd>[
 <dd>[
@@ -172,8 +168,7 @@ CERL GRASS logo using the <em>d.graph</em> graphing commands stored in the file.
 Note that the coordinates in the <em><a href="grass_logo.txt">grass_logo.txt</a></em> file were 
 Note that the coordinates in the <em><a href="grass_logo.txt">grass_logo.txt</a></em> file were 
 taken directly off an image drawn by hand on graph paper. 
 taken directly off an image drawn by hand on graph paper. 
 <!-- formerly names "grass.logo.sh" in GRASS 5 code. -->
 <!-- formerly names "grass.logo.sh" in GRASS 5 code. -->
-<p>
-A dynamic example can be found in the <em>d.polar</em> shell script.
+<p>A dynamic example can be found in the <em>d.polar</em> shell script.
 
 
 
 
 <h3>Draw a "star" symbol at a given map coordinate</h3>
 <h3>Draw a "star" symbol at a given map coordinate</h3>
@@ -222,14 +217,14 @@ graphics editor into GRASS <em>d.graph</em> format.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.labels.html">d.labels</A></em><br>
-<!-- <em><a href="d.mapgraph.html">d.mapgraph</A></em><br> superseded by -m -->
-<em><a href="d.polar.html">d.polar</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.where.html">d.where</A></em><br>
-<!-- <em><a href="grass.logo.sh.html">grass.logo.sh</A></em><br> -->
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.labels.html">d.labels</a></em><br>
+<!-- <em><a href="d.mapgraph.html">d.mapgraph</a></em><br> superseded by -m -->
+<em><a href="d.polar.html">d.polar</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.where.html">d.where</a></em><br>
+<!-- <em><a href="grass.logo.sh.html">grass.logo.sh</a></em><br> -->
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 12 - 17
display/d.grid/d.grid.html

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ a geographic grid. The grid will overlay, not overwrite,
 the contents of the active display frame.
 the contents of the active display frame.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>d.grid</em> can be run non-interactively or
 <em>d.grid</em> can be run non-interactively or
 interactively.  If the user specifies the grid
 interactively.  If the user specifies the grid
 <em>size</em> and (optionally) the grid <em>color</em> on
 <em>size</em> and (optionally) the grid <em>color</em> on
@@ -26,25 +25,21 @@ the active graphics display frame by previous invocations
 of <em>d.grid</em>; multiple invocations of <em>d.grid</em>
 of <em>d.grid</em>; multiple invocations of <em>d.grid</em>
 will therefore result in the drawing of multiple grids
 will therefore result in the drawing of multiple grids
 inside the active graphics frame.  (A command like 
 inside the active graphics frame.  (A command like 
-<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A></em>, which erases the
+<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a></em>, which erases the
 entire contents of the active display frame, must be run to
 entire contents of the active display frame, must be run to
 erase previously drawn grids from the display frame.)
 erase previously drawn grids from the display frame.)
 
 
-<p>
-If the user provides a 
+<p>If the user provides a 
 <em>-g</em> flag a geographic (projected) grid 
 <em>-g</em> flag a geographic (projected) grid 
 will be drawn. With the <em>-g</em> flag the <em>size</em> 
 will be drawn. With the <em>-g</em> flag the <em>size</em> 
 argument accepts both decimal degrees and colon separated 
 argument accepts both decimal degrees and colon separated 
 ddd:mm:ss coordinates (eg. <tt>00:30:00</tt> for half of a degree).
 ddd:mm:ss coordinates (eg. <tt>00:30:00</tt> for half of a degree).
 
 
-<p>
-A geographic grid cannot be drawn for a <em>latitude/longitude</em> 
+<p>A geographic grid cannot be drawn for a <em>latitude/longitude</em> 
 or <em>XY</em> projection.
 or <em>XY</em> projection.
-<p>
-Colors may be standard named GRASS colors (red, green, aqua, etc.) or
+<p>Colors may be standard named GRASS colors (red, green, aqua, etc.) or
 a numerical R:G:B triplet, where component values range from 0-255.<br>
 a numerical R:G:B triplet, where component values range from 0-255.<br>
-<p>
-The grid drawing may be turned off by using the <em>-n</em> flag.<br>
+<p>The grid drawing may be turned off by using the <em>-n</em> flag.<br>
 The border drawing may be turned off by using the <em>-b</em> flag.<br>
 The border drawing may be turned off by using the <em>-b</em> flag.<br>
 The coordinate text may be turned off by using the <em>-t</em> flag.<br>
 The coordinate text may be turned off by using the <em>-t</em> flag.<br>
 
 
@@ -67,13 +62,13 @@ To draw a blue standard rectangular grid at a 500 (meter) spacing run the follow
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.barscale.html">d.barscale</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.geodesic.html">d.geodesic</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rhumbline.html">d.rhumbline</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.barscale.html">d.barscale</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.legend.html">d.legend</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.geodesic.html">d.geodesic</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rhumbline.html">d.rhumbline</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em><br>
 
 
 
 
 
 

+ 14 - 22
display/d.his/d.his.html

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ saturation values from two or three user-specified raster
 map layers.
 map layers.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The human brain automatically interprets the vast amount of
 The human brain automatically interprets the vast amount of
 visual information available according to basic rules. 
 visual information available according to basic rules. 
 Color, or <em>hue</em>, is used to categorize objects. 
 Color, or <em>hue</em>, is used to categorize objects. 
@@ -31,7 +30,6 @@ be displayed in the active display frame on the graphics
 monitor.
 monitor.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Alternately, the user can run the program interactively by
 Alternately, the user can run the program interactively by
 typing <b>d.his</b> without naming parameter values on the
 typing <b>d.his</b> without naming parameter values on the
 command line.  In this case, the program will prompt the
 command line.  In this case, the program will prompt the
@@ -39,7 +37,6 @@ user for parameter values using the standard GRASS
 GUI interface.
 GUI interface.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 While any raster map layer can be used to represent the hue
 While any raster map layer can be used to represent the hue
 information, map layers with a few very distinct colors
 information, map layers with a few very distinct colors
 work best.  Only raster map layers representing
 work best.  Only raster map layers representing
@@ -48,7 +45,6 @@ intensities, or amounts can suitably be used to provide
 intensity and saturation information.
 intensity and saturation information.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 For example, a visually pleasing image can be
 For example, a visually pleasing image can be
 made by using a watershed map for the <em>hue</em> factor,
 made by using a watershed map for the <em>hue</em> factor,
 an aspect map for the <em>intensity</em> factor, and an
 an aspect map for the <em>intensity</em> factor, and an
@@ -58,8 +54,7 @@ Ideally, the resulting image should resemble the view from
 an aircraft looking at a terrain on a sunny day with a bit
 an aircraft looking at a terrain on a sunny day with a bit
 of haze in the valleys.
 of haze in the valleys.
 
 
-<p>
-The <b>brighten</b> option does not truly represent a percentage,
+<p>The <b>brighten</b> option does not truly represent a percentage,
 but calling it that makes the option easy to understand, and it
 but calling it that makes the option easy to understand, and it
 sounds better than <i>Normalized Scaling Factor</i>.
 sounds better than <i>Normalized Scaling Factor</i>.
 
 
@@ -74,8 +69,8 @@ cell in the <em>INTENSITY</em> map layer.  This map layer
 should have an appropriate gray-scale color table
 should have an appropriate gray-scale color table
 associated with it. You can ensure this by using the color
 associated with it. You can ensure this by using the color
 manipulation capabilities of
 manipulation capabilities of
-<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A></em> or
-<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em>.
+<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a></em> or
+<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em>.
 
 
 Finally, the color is made somewhat gray-based on the
 Finally, the color is made somewhat gray-based on the
 <em>red</em> intensity of that cell in the
 <em>red</em> intensity of that cell in the
@@ -99,16 +94,14 @@ where
 </pre>
 </pre>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Either (but not both) of the intensity or the saturation
 Either (but not both) of the intensity or the saturation
 map layers may be omitted. This means that it is possible
 map layers may be omitted. This means that it is possible
 to produce output images that represent combinations of
 to produce output images that represent combinations of
 <em>his, hi,</em> or <em>hs</em>.
 <em>his, hi,</em> or <em>hs</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-Users wishing to store the result in new raster map layers
+<p>Users wishing to store the result in new raster map layers
 instead of displaying it on the monitor should use the
 instead of displaying it on the monitor should use the
-program <em><a href="r.his.html">r.his</A></em>.
+program <em><a href="r.his.html">r.his</a></em>.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
@@ -125,19 +118,18 @@ program <em><a href="r.his.html">r.his</A></em>.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A>,
-<a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</A>,
-<a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A>,
-<a href="d.rgb.html">d.rgb</A>,
-<a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A>,
-<a href="r.his.html">r.his</A>,
-<a href="i.his.rgb.html">i.his.rgb</A>,
-<a href="i.rgb.his.html">i.rgb.his</A>
+<a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a>,
+<a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</a>,
+<a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a>,
+<a href="d.rgb.html">d.rgb</a>,
+<a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a>,
+<a href="r.his.html">r.his</a>,
+<a href="i.his.rgb.html">i.his.rgb</a>,
+<a href="i.rgb.his.html">i.rgb.his</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 James Westervelt, U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 2 - 4
display/d.histogram/d.histogram.html

@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ cells.
 <em>d.histogram</em> respects the current geographic region settings 
 <em>d.histogram</em> respects the current geographic region settings 
 and the current MASK (if one exists). 
 and the current MASK (if one exists). 
 
 
-<p>
-<em>d.histogram</em> uses the colors in the map's color look-up table
+<p><em>d.histogram</em> uses the colors in the map's color look-up table
 (i.e., the map's <em>colr</em> or <em>colr2</em> file).
 (i.e., the map's <em>colr</em> or <em>colr2</em> file).
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
@@ -36,5 +35,4 @@ Dave Johnson
 <br> 10560 Arrowhead Drive 
 <br> 10560 Arrowhead Drive 
 <br> Fairfax, Virginia 22030
 <br> Fairfax, Virginia 22030
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
display/d.info/d.info.html

@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ Where two numbers are given the format is: width, height.<br>
 Where four numbers are given the format is: left, right, top, bottom.
 Where four numbers are given the format is: left, right, top, bottom.
 <br><br>
 <br><br>
 Note: GRASS display pixel coordinates are measured from the top left.
 Note: GRASS display pixel coordinates are measured from the top left.
-<p>
-<br>
+<p><br>
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 

+ 9 - 11
display/d.labels/d.labels.html

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 active display frame on the graphics monitor. Each label has components 
 active display frame on the graphics monitor. Each label has components 
 which determine the text, the location of the text on the image, its 
 which determine the text, the location of the text on the image, its 
 size, and the background for the text. This file can be generated with 
 size, and the background for the text. This file can be generated with 
-the <em><a href="v.label.html">v.label</A></em> program or simply created 
+the <em><a href="v.label.html">v.label</a></em> program or simply created 
 by the user as an ASCII file (using a text editor) and placed in the 
 by the user as an ASCII file (using a text editor) and placed in the 
 appropriate directory under the user's current mapset and location 
 appropriate directory under the user's current mapset and location 
 (i.e. <tt>$MAPSET/paint/labels/</tt>).
 (i.e. <tt>$MAPSET/paint/labels/</tt>).
@@ -16,21 +16,20 @@ Some of the information stored in the label file is unused by
 <!-- The unused information found in a label file is printed to standard 
 <!-- The unused information found in a label file is printed to standard 
 output. -->
 output. -->
 This extra information is used by such programs as 
 This extra information is used by such programs as 
-<em><a href="ps.map.html">ps.map</A></em>.
+<em><a href="ps.map.html">ps.map</a></em>.
 
 
-<p>
-This module was formerly known as <em>d.paint.labels</em>.
+<p>This module was formerly known as <em>d.paint.labels</em>.
 The the old version of <em>d.labels</em> from GRASS 5, which provided
 The the old version of <em>d.labels</em> from GRASS 5, which provided
 interactive placement and modification of paint labels, still needs to 
 interactive placement and modification of paint labels, still needs to 
 have its functionality merged into this module.
 have its functionality merged into this module.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="ps.map.html">ps.map</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="v.label.html">v.label</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="ps.map.html">ps.map</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="v.label.html">v.label</a></em>
 <br>
 <br>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
@@ -39,5 +38,4 @@ James Westervelt,
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 29 - 43
display/d.legend/d.legend.html

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 raster map layer in the active frame on the graphics
 raster map layer in the active frame on the graphics
 monitor.  
 monitor.  
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The user can run <em>d.legend</em> either non-interactively
 The user can run <em>d.legend</em> either non-interactively
 or interactively.  If the user specifies the name of a
 or interactively.  If the user specifies the name of a
 raster <b>map</b> layer on the command line, the program
 raster <b>map</b> layer on the command line, the program
@@ -13,7 +12,6 @@ will run non-interactively.  Default legend text
 the user specifies other values on the command line.
 the user specifies other values on the command line.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.legend</b> on the command line; 
 Alternately, the user can simply type <b>d.legend</b> on the command line; 
 in this case, the program will prompt the user for parameter values 
 in this case, the program will prompt the user for parameter values 
 using the standard GRASS GUI interface.
 using the standard GRASS GUI interface.
@@ -23,49 +21,40 @@ using the standard GRASS GUI interface.
 The legend's default size is based on the dimensions of the
 The legend's default size is based on the dimensions of the
 active frame, specifically its height.  <em>d.legend</em> will only
 active frame, specifically its height.  <em>d.legend</em> will only
 obscure those portions of the active frame that directly underlie the legend.
 obscure those portions of the active frame that directly underlie the legend.
-<p>
-When using the mouse or <b>at</b> to size &amp; place the legend, a user may
+<p>When using the mouse or <b>at</b> to size &amp; place the legend, a user may
 create a horizontal legend by making the box wider than it is tall.
 create a horizontal legend by making the box wider than it is tall.
-<p>
-Raster maps based on floating point values will display smoothed, from greatest
+<p>Raster maps based on floating point values will display smoothed, from greatest
 to smallest value, while categorial raster maps will display in order, from
 to smallest value, while categorial raster maps will display in order, from
 top to bottom. Horizontal legends will always be smoothed. If the box is defined
 top to bottom. Horizontal legends will always be smoothed. If the box is defined
 with inverted y-values or an inverted <b>range</b>, the legend will automatically
 with inverted y-values or an inverted <b>range</b>, the legend will automatically
 flip. If this is not the desired result, the <b>-f</b> flag may be used to flip
 flip. If this is not the desired result, the <b>-f</b> flag may be used to flip
 it back.
 it back.
-<p>
-If the user attempts to display a very long legend in a relatively short 
+<p>If the user attempts to display a very long legend in a relatively short 
 display frame, the legend may appear in unreadably small text, or even revert
 display frame, the legend may appear in unreadably small text, or even revert
 to a smooth gradient legend. Use the <b>lines</b>, <b>thin</b>, <b>use</b>, <b>range</b>,
 to a smooth gradient legend. Use the <b>lines</b>, <b>thin</b>, <b>use</b>, <b>range</b>,
 and/or <b>-n</b> options to reduce the number of categories to be displayed,
 and/or <b>-n</b> options to reduce the number of categories to be displayed,
 or the <b>-s</b> flag to force a smooth gradient legend.
 or the <b>-s</b> flag to force a smooth gradient legend.
-<p>
-The <b>lines</b> option will display the first number of categories, as defined
+<p>The <b>lines</b> option will display the first number of categories, as defined
 by <em>value</em>, contained in the raster map. When used with the <b>-n</b> flag,
 by <em>value</em>, contained in the raster map. When used with the <b>-n</b> flag,
 it takes on a new meaning: "up to category #". When used with both
 it takes on a new meaning: "up to category #". When used with both
 <b>thin</b> and the <b>-n</b> flag, its meaning becomes more obscure. When
 <b>thin</b> and the <b>-n</b> flag, its meaning becomes more obscure. When
 using <b>lines</b>, auto-scaled text similar to "4 of 16 categories" will be placed at 
 using <b>lines</b>, auto-scaled text similar to "4 of 16 categories" will be placed at 
 the bottom of the legend.
 the bottom of the legend.
-<p>
-The <b>thin</b> option sets the thinning factor. For raster maps with a 0th
+<p>The <b>thin</b> option sets the thinning factor. For raster maps with a 0th
 category, <b>thin=</b><em>10</em> gives cats [0,10,20,...]. For raster maps 
 category, <b>thin=</b><em>10</em> gives cats [0,10,20,...]. For raster maps 
 starting at category 1, <b>thin=</b><em>10</em> gives cats [1,11,21,...].
 starting at category 1, <b>thin=</b><em>10</em> gives cats [1,11,21,...].
-<p>
-The <b>use</b> option lets the user create a legend made up of arbitrary category
+<p>The <b>use</b> option lets the user create a legend made up of arbitrary category
 values. e.g.&nbsp;<b>use=</b><em>1000,100,10,0,-10,-100,-1000</em>
 values. e.g.&nbsp;<b>use=</b><em>1000,100,10,0,-10,-100,-1000</em>
-<p>
-The <b>range</b> option lets the user define the minimum and maximum categories
+<p>The <b>range</b> option lets the user define the minimum and maximum categories
 to be used in the legend. It may also be used to define the limits of a smooth
 to be used in the legend. It may also be used to define the limits of a smooth
 gradient legend created from a raster containing floating point values. Note
 gradient legend created from a raster containing floating point values. Note
 the color scale will remain faithful to the category values as defined with
 the color scale will remain faithful to the category values as defined with
-<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em>, and the <b>range</b> may be
-extended to the limits defined by the <em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em>
+<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em>, and the <b>range</b> may be
+extended to the limits defined by the <em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em>
 color map.
 color map.
-<p>
-The flag <b>-n</b> is useful for categorial maps, as it suppresses the
+<p>The flag <b>-n</b> is useful for categorial maps, as it suppresses the
 drawing of non-existing categories (otherwise the full range is shown).
 drawing of non-existing categories (otherwise the full range is shown).
-<p>
-Vertical legends produced with <em>d.legend</em> will place text labels to the
+<p>Vertical legends produced with <em>d.legend</em> will place text labels to the
 right of the legend box, horizontal legends will place text below. This text
 right of the legend box, horizontal legends will place text below. This text
 will be auto-scaled to fit within the frame, reducing the size of the legend
 will be auto-scaled to fit within the frame, reducing the size of the legend
 if necessary. Legends positioned with the mouse or with the <b>at</b> option
 if necessary. Legends positioned with the mouse or with the <b>at</b> option
@@ -74,17 +63,14 @@ Smaller text may be obtained in this case by reducing the
 height of the box. The <b>-c</b> and <b>-v</b> flags may be used to suppress the
 height of the box. The <b>-c</b> and <b>-v</b> flags may be used to suppress the
 display of category numbers and labels respectively, or used together to 
 display of category numbers and labels respectively, or used together to 
 suppress all text of categorial raster maps.
 suppress all text of categorial raster maps.
-<p>
-The text produced from floating-point raster maps will automatically create
+<p>The text produced from floating-point raster maps will automatically create
 output with a meaningful number of significant digits. For very small values,
 output with a meaningful number of significant digits. For very small values,
 numbers will be expressed in scientific notation, e.g.&nbsp;"1.7e-9".
 numbers will be expressed in scientific notation, e.g.&nbsp;"1.7e-9".
-<p>
-Legends placed with the mouse are not saved to the display window's history
+<p>Legends placed with the mouse are not saved to the display window's history
 for automatic redraw. By setting the Debug level to 1 (see 
 for automatic redraw. By setting the Debug level to 1 (see 
-<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</A></em>) the corresponding <b>at</b>
+<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em>) the corresponding <b>at</b>
 setting can be determined.
 setting can be determined.
-<p>
-Note that old scripts which relied on setting <b>lines</b> greater than the
+<p>Note that old scripts which relied on setting <b>lines</b> greater than the
 number of categories to scale the legend may no longer produce the desired
 number of categories to scale the legend may no longer produce the desired
 output, although the auto-scaling should still produce something that looks 
 output, although the auto-scaling should still produce something that looks 
 good in this case.
 good in this case.
@@ -92,20 +78,20 @@ good in this case.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.barscale.html">d.barscale</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em><br>
-<!-- <em><a href="d.rast.labels.html">d.rast.labels</A></em><br> -->
-<em><a href="d.rast.leg.html">d.rast.leg</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.vect.thematic.html">d.vect.thematic</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.what.rast.html">d.what.rast</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.reclass.html">r.reclass</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.barscale.html">d.barscale</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em><br>
+<!-- <em><a href="d.rast.labels.html">d.rast.labels</a></em><br> -->
+<em><a href="d.rast.leg.html">d.rast.leg</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.vect.thematic.html">d.vect.thematic</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.what.rast.html">d.what.rast</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.reclass.html">r.reclass</a></em><br>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>

+ 9 - 15
display/d.linegraph/d.linegraph.html

@@ -2,8 +2,7 @@
 
 
 <em>d.linegraph</em> is a primitive program to draw simple x,y line graphs
 <em>d.linegraph</em> is a primitive program to draw simple x,y line graphs
 based on numerical data contained in separate files.
 based on numerical data contained in separate files.
-<p>
-Data file format<br>
+<p>Data file format<br>
 The X and Y data files for the graph are essentially a column of numbers in
 The X and Y data files for the graph are essentially a column of numbers in
 each file, with one input number per line.  The program expects that each X
 each file, with one input number per line.  The program expects that each X
 value will have a corresponding Y value, therefore the number of lines in
 value will have a corresponding Y value, therefore the number of lines in
@@ -17,8 +16,7 @@ according to that Y scale. Therefore, if multiple Y data inputs are used
 with dissimilar units, the graph produced comparing the two will be
 with dissimilar units, the graph produced comparing the two will be
 deceptive.
 deceptive.
 
 
-<p>
-<dl>
+<p><dl>
 <dt><b>directoryname</b>
 <dt><b>directoryname</b>
 <dd>Path to the directory where the input files are located. If this option
 <dd>Path to the directory where the input files are located. If this option
 is not used, the <em>d.linegraph</em> looks for files in the current directory.
 is not used, the <em>d.linegraph</em> looks for files in the current directory.
@@ -64,18 +62,15 @@ multi-word titles.
 Since the command line parser is not amiable to multiple word inputs, to
 Since the command line parser is not amiable to multiple word inputs, to
 input titles of more than one word, use the underscore character ("") to
 input titles of more than one word, use the underscore character ("") to
 represent spaces (" ").
 represent spaces (" ").
-<p>
-Example: "titleCensusdata1990" would be printed over the graph as "Census
+<p>Example: "titleCensusdata1990" would be printed over the graph as "Census
 data 1990".
 data 1990".
-<p>
-The way the program locates and labels tic marks is less than perfect: 1)
+<p>The way the program locates and labels tic marks is less than perfect: 1)
 although distances between Y tics is proportional to the value, they are
 although distances between Y tics is proportional to the value, they are
 not proportional on the X axis; 2) decimal values between -1 and 1 can be
 not proportional on the X axis; 2) decimal values between -1 and 1 can be
 printed on the X axis, but not on Y. (With respect to the later, the input
 printed on the X axis, but not on Y. (With respect to the later, the input
 for Y values can all be multiplied by a factor of 10 before graphing).
 for Y values can all be multiplied by a factor of 10 before graphing).
 
 
-<p>
-It might be easier to use a 3rd party tool such as xgraph or GNUplot instead
+<p>It might be easier to use a 3rd party tool such as xgraph or GNUplot instead
 of <em>d.linegraph</em>.
 of <em>d.linegraph</em>.
 .
 .
 (You can make GNUplot output pretty by using its SVG or PostScript output
 (You can make GNUplot output pretty by using its SVG or PostScript output
@@ -83,13 +78,12 @@ driver and converting that back into a rasterized image in a paint program)
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A>,
-<a href="d.text.html">d.text</A>,
-<a href="v.label.html">v.label</A>
+<a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a>,
+<a href="d.text.html">d.text</a>,
+<a href="v.label.html">v.label</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 Chris Rewerts, Agricultural Engineering, Purdue University
 Chris Rewerts, Agricultural Engineering, Purdue University
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 8 - 8
display/d.measure/d.measure.html

@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Lines and polygons drawn using <em>d.measure</em> will
 overlay (not overwrite) whatever display currently appears
 overlay (not overwrite) whatever display currently appears
 in the active frame on the graphics monitor.  The user can,
 in the active frame on the graphics monitor.  The user can,
 for example, run 
 for example, run 
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em> or 
-<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</A></em> prior to running
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em> or 
+<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</a></em> prior to running
 <em>d.measure</em>, and use raster and/or vector maps as a backdrop.
 <em>d.measure</em>, and use raster and/or vector maps as a backdrop.
 
 
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
@@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ Volunteers are welcome for this task.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.where.html">d.where</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.proj.html">g.proj</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.where.html">d.where</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.proj.html">g.proj</a></em>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>

+ 5 - 10
display/d.mon/d.mon.html

@@ -14,14 +14,12 @@ line. Note that some monitor drivers use environment
 <em><a href="variables.html">variables</a></em> or the specific
 <em><a href="variables.html">variables</a></em> or the specific
 <em><a href="variables.html#rendering">driver documentation</a></em>.
 <em><a href="variables.html#rendering">driver documentation</a></em>.
 
 
-<p>
-When a monitor is <em>started</em>, it is therefore also
+<p>When a monitor is <em>started</em>, it is therefore also
 (automatically) <em>selected</em> for output, unless the
 (automatically) <em>selected</em> for output, unless the
 <b>-s</b> flag is set by the user; the user can also
 <b>-s</b> flag is set by the user; the user can also
 explictly <b>select</b> a monitor that has been started.
 explictly <b>select</b> a monitor that has been started.
 
 
-<p>
-The desired monitor should be started once and need not be restarted
+<p>The desired monitor should be started once and need not be restarted
 unless it is stopped for some reason. A monitor may continue to run
 unless it is stopped for some reason. A monitor may continue to run
 for any length of time, even when no GRASS session is being run.
 for any length of time, even when no GRASS session is being run.
 
 
@@ -43,8 +41,7 @@ by simply starting the monitor without the <b>-s</b> flag or by
 explictly selecting the monitor for output. Only running monitors can
 explictly selecting the monitor for output. Only running monitors can
 be selected for graphics output.
 be selected for graphics output.
 
 
-<p>
-The user can run multiple graphics monitors by simply starting each of
+<p>The user can run multiple graphics monitors by simply starting each of
 the graphics monitors he wishes to direct output to.
 the graphics monitors he wishes to direct output to.
 
 
 <h3>Release a monitor</h3>
 <h3>Release a monitor</h3>
@@ -109,12 +106,10 @@ d.mon stop=wx0
   <a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</a>
   <a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
-<p>
-  See also <em><a href="variables.html">variables</a></em> list
+<p>  See also <em><a href="variables.html">variables</a></em> list
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 Martin Landa, Czech Republic
 Martin Landa, Czech Republic
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 2 - 4
display/d.path/d.path.html

@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@ points are entered by mouse into the map displayed in the GRASS monitor, or
 if the <b>coor</b> option is used they can be specified non-interactively.
 if the <b>coor</b> option is used they can be specified non-interactively.
 The actions bound to the mouse buttons are described in the terminal
 The actions bound to the mouse buttons are described in the terminal
 window when running the command.
 window when running the command.
-<p>
-To calculate shortest path non-interactively and save the path to a new vector
+<p>To calculate shortest path non-interactively and save the path to a new vector
 map, use the <em>v.net.path</em> module.
 map, use the <em>v.net.path</em> module.
 
 
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
@@ -41,5 +40,4 @@ d.path -b roads coor=601653.5,4922869.2,593330.8,4924096.6
 
 
 Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
 Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 12 - 19
display/d.rast.arrow/d.rast.arrow.html

@@ -10,15 +10,13 @@ to the name of the desired aspect map.
 This allows the arrows to be drawn over any other maps already displayed
 This allows the arrows to be drawn over any other maps already displayed
 on the graphics monitor.
 on the graphics monitor.
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>d.rast.arrow</em> will draw an arrow over each displayed cell
 <em>d.rast.arrow</em> will draw an arrow over each displayed cell
 to indicate in which direction the cell slopes. If the aspect
 to indicate in which direction the cell slopes. If the aspect
 layer has a category value denoting locations of "unknown" aspect,
 layer has a category value denoting locations of "unknown" aspect,
 <em>d.rast.arrow</em> draws a question mark over the displayed cells
 <em>d.rast.arrow</em> draws a question mark over the displayed cells
 of that category.
 of that category.
 Cells containing null data will be marked with an "X".
 Cells containing null data will be marked with an "X".
-<p>
-If you specify the <em>magnitude_map</em> option, arrow lengths 
+<p>If you specify the <em>magnitude_map</em> option, arrow lengths 
 denoting magnitude will be extracted from the cell values of the specified 
 denoting magnitude will be extracted from the cell values of the specified 
 map. In this case the tail of the arrow will be centered on the source cell.
 map. In this case the tail of the arrow will be centered on the source cell.
 You may adjust the overall scale using the <em>scale</em> option.
 You may adjust the overall scale using the <em>scale</em> option.
@@ -28,21 +26,18 @@ uses negative values for magnitude, you can use <em>r.mapcalc</em> to prepare
 the magnitude map to suit your needs (absolute value, inverted direction and 
 the magnitude map to suit your needs (absolute value, inverted direction and 
 so on). 
 so on). 
 
 
-<p>
-<h2>NOTES</h2>
+<p><h2>NOTES</h2>
 By default, arrows are drawn at the size of a cell and cannot be seen if 
 By default, arrows are drawn at the size of a cell and cannot be seen if 
 the raster map is relatively close in scale. You can use the <em>skip</em> 
 the raster map is relatively close in scale. You can use the <em>skip</em> 
 option to draw arrows every n-th cell in both directions if you are working 
 option to draw arrows every n-th cell in both directions if you are working 
 with relatively high resolutions. It may be useful to disable the grid in
 with relatively high resolutions. It may be useful to disable the grid in
 this case, which is accomplished by setting its color to "<tt>none</tt>".
 this case, which is accomplished by setting its color to "<tt>none</tt>".
-<p>
-For GRASS and Compass type aspect maps, the cell values of the aspect map
+<p>For GRASS and Compass type aspect maps, the cell values of the aspect map
 will determine the corresponding direction in 360 degrees. ANSWERS type
 will determine the corresponding direction in 360 degrees. ANSWERS type
 aspect maps will be plotted in multiples of 15 degrees, and AGNPS type
 aspect maps will be plotted in multiples of 15 degrees, and AGNPS type
 aspect maps will be displayed in D8 representation, i.e. the eight multiples 
 aspect maps will be displayed in D8 representation, i.e. the eight multiples 
 of 45 degrees.
 of 45 degrees.
-<p>
-GRASS aspect maps are measured using Cartesian conventions, i.e. in degrees 
+<p>GRASS aspect maps are measured using Cartesian conventions, i.e. in degrees 
 counterclockwise from east. e.g.:
 counterclockwise from east. e.g.:
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
@@ -53,10 +48,8 @@ counterclockwise from east. e.g.:
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 They can be created from a raster elevation map with <em>r.slope.aspect</em>.
 They can be created from a raster elevation map with <em>r.slope.aspect</em>.
-<p>
-Compass type aspect maps are measured in degrees clockwise from north.
-<p>
-This module uses oceanographic conventions, i.e. arrows point downslope or 
+<p>Compass type aspect maps are measured in degrees clockwise from north.
+<p>This module uses oceanographic conventions, i.e. arrows point downslope or 
 direction "to", as opposed to atmospheric conventions (direction "from").
 direction "to", as opposed to atmospheric conventions (direction "from").
 
 
 
 
@@ -73,12 +66,12 @@ d.rast.arrow map=direction type=grass magnitude_map=magnitude skip=3 grid=none
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.edit.html">d.rast.edit</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.rast.num.html">d.rast.num</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.slope.aspect.html">r.slope.aspect</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.edit.html">d.rast.edit</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.rast.num.html">d.rast.num</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.slope.aspect.html">r.slope.aspect</a></em><br>
 <br>
 <br>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>

+ 2 - 5
display/d.rast.num/d.rast.num.html

@@ -8,12 +8,10 @@ Category values will be displayed in the text color given and scaled
 to fit within a single cell. A grid outlining each map cell will also 
 to fit within a single cell. A grid outlining each map cell will also 
 be overlain in a user-specified color, unless it has been set to "none".
 be overlain in a user-specified color, unless it has been set to "none".
 
 
-<p>
-If no grid color is given the default will be used. If no map layer
+<p>If no grid color is given the default will be used. If no map layer
 is specified, the program will use whatever raster map layer is
 is specified, the program will use whatever raster map layer is
 currently displayed in the active frame on the graphics monitor.
 currently displayed in the active frame on the graphics monitor.
-<p>
-If the <b>-f</b> flag is given the displayed number will take on the color 
+<p>If the <b>-f</b> flag is given the displayed number will take on the color 
 of the base map in that cell.
 of the base map in that cell.
 
 
 
 
@@ -27,7 +25,6 @@ No data cells are indicated with "Null".
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-
 <em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em>,
 <em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em>,
 <em><a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</a></em>,
 <em><a href="d.grid.html">d.grid</a></em>,
 <em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em>,
 <em><a href="d.rast.html">d.rast</a></em>,

+ 1 - 2
display/d.rast/d.rast.html

@@ -19,5 +19,4 @@ James Westervelt,
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 12 - 14
display/d.rgb/d.rgb.html

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ layers should use a grey-scale color table.
 
 
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Flags:</H3> 
+<h3>Flags:</h3> 
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ underlying display untouched.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>red=</b><em>name</em>
 <dt><b>red=</b><em>name</em>
@@ -50,11 +50,9 @@ The image and raster map layers will not display properly
 if the graphics device does not have a reasonable sampling
 if the graphics device does not have a reasonable sampling
 of the RGB color-space.
 of the RGB color-space.
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If color quality of satellite image color composites seems to appear poor,
 If color quality of satellite image color composites seems to appear poor,
-run <em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em> on the selected satellite 
-channels.<p>
-Example:
+run <em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em> on the selected satellite 
+channels.<p>Example:
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dd><b>r.info -r</b> <em>image.1</em><br>
 <dd><b>r.info -r</b> <em>image.1</em><br>
 <tt>min=0<br>
 <tt>min=0<br>
@@ -74,18 +72,18 @@ EOF<br>
 <br><br><br>
 <br><br><br>
 
 
 To write out the color composite to a R/G/B raster maps, use 
 To write out the color composite to a R/G/B raster maps, use 
-<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</A></em>.
+<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</a></em>.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.his.html">d.his</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.blend.html">r.blend</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.colors.html">d.colors</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.colortable.html">d.colortable</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.his.html">d.his</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.blend.html">r.blend</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 3 - 5
display/d.rhumbline/d.rhumbline.html

@@ -12,8 +12,7 @@ active frame on the user's graphics monitor.  The named
 coordinate locations must fall within the boundaries of the
 coordinate locations must fall within the boundaries of the
 user's current geographic region.
 user's current geographic region.
 
 
-<p>
-The user has to specify the starting and ending
+<p>The user has to specify the starting and ending
 longitude/latitude coordinates of the rhumbline and
 longitude/latitude coordinates of the rhumbline and
 (optionally) the color in which the rhumbline will be
 (optionally) the color in which the rhumbline will be
 displayed; in this case, the program will run
 displayed; in this case, the program will run
@@ -28,8 +27,7 @@ d.vect world_political type=area
 d.rhumbline coor=55:58W,33:18S,26:43E,60:37N lcolor=yellow tcolor=red
 d.rhumbline coor=55:58W,33:18S,26:43E,60:37N lcolor=yellow tcolor=red
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-<center>
+<p><center>
 <img src="d_rhumbline.png" border=1><br>
 <img src="d_rhumbline.png" border=1><br>
 <i>Rhumbline (loxodrome)</i>
 <i>Rhumbline (loxodrome)</i>
 </center>
 </center>
@@ -41,7 +39,7 @@ This program works only with longitude-latitude locations.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.geodesic.html">d.geodesic</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.geodesic.html">d.geodesic</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 11 - 15
display/d.text/d.text.html

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ invokes <em>d.text</em> without options on the command
 line, and then assigns values to these options on lines
 line, and then assigns values to these options on lines
 within the standard input).
 within the standard input).
 
 
-<H3>Commands:</H3> 
+<h3>Commands:</h3> 
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -35,17 +35,16 @@ appearing on subsequent lines to be drawn in that color.
 allow the drawing of 20 lines, and 50 would allow the
 allow the drawing of 20 lines, and 50 would allow the
 drawing of 2 lines.
 drawing of 2 lines.
 
 
-<p>
-<dt><b>.F</b> <em>font</em>
+<p><dt><b>.F</b> <em>font</em>
 <dd>
 <dd>
 (where <em>font</em> is one of the fonts known by the GRASS program 
 (where <em>font</em> is one of the fonts known by the GRASS program 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em>) manipulates
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em>) manipulates
 the font type. Available fonts are listed in the GRASS manual entry for 
 the font type. Available fonts are listed in the GRASS manual entry for 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em>. 
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em>. 
 The default font type used (if unspecified by the user) 
 The default font type used (if unspecified by the user) 
 is <em>romans</em>.
 is <em>romans</em>.
 <!-- Run the GRASS macro 
 <!-- Run the GRASS macro 
-<em><A  HREF="show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</A></em> 
+<em><A  HREF="show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</a></em> 
 to see what these fonts look like. -->
 to see what these fonts look like. -->
 
 
 <dt><b>.R </b> <em>rotation</em>
 <dt><b>.R </b> <em>rotation</em>
@@ -71,7 +70,6 @@ color yellow, in bold, and using 4/100'ths (4%) of the
 active frame's vertical space per line:
 active frame's vertical space per line:
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
 <pre>
 <pre>
 <b>d.text</b> << EOF
 <b>d.text</b> << EOF
 .C yellow
 .C yellow
@@ -89,20 +87,19 @@ The user presses <em>control-d</em>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
 Note that the GRASS command 
 Note that the GRASS command 
-<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</A></em> creates map TITLEs in a format 
+<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</a></em> creates map TITLEs in a format 
 suitable for input to <em>d.text</em>.
 suitable for input to <em>d.text</em>.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>d.text</em> needs escape sequences that can be used
 <em>d.text</em> needs escape sequences that can be used
 within lines to change colors, boldness, and perhaps size.
 within lines to change colors, boldness, and perhaps size.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</A></em><br>
-<!-- <em><a href="show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</A></em><br> -->
-<em><a href="d.labels.html">d.labels</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.title.html">d.title</a></em><br>
+<!-- <em><a href="show.fonts.sh.html">show.fonts.sh</a></em><br> -->
+<em><a href="d.labels.html">d.labels</a></em><br>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
@@ -110,7 +107,6 @@ within lines to change colors, boldness, and perhaps size.
 James Westervelt, 
 James Westervelt, 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
-<p>
-Updates by Huidae Cho
+<p>Updates by Huidae Cho
 
 
 <p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
 <p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 4
display/d.thematic.area/d.thematic.area.html

@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ d.thematic.area -l map=communes2 data=pop/area algorithm=std nbclasses=5 colors=
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="v.class.html">v.class</A></em>
-<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</A></em>
-<em><a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</A></em>
-<em><a href="v.univar.html">v.univar</A></em>
+<em><a href="v.class.html">v.class</a></em>
+<em><a href="d.vect.html">d.vect</a></em>
+<em><a href="d.graph.html">d.graph</a></em>
+<em><a href="v.univar.html">v.univar</a></em>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>

+ 12 - 14
display/d.title/d.title.html

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
 <em>d.title</em> generates to standard output a string which can be used by
 <em>d.title</em> generates to standard output a string which can be used by
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em> to draw a TITLE for the raster map
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em> to draw a TITLE for the raster map
 layer <em>name</em> in the active display frame on the graphics monitor. 
 layer <em>name</em> in the active display frame on the graphics monitor. 
 Output created by <em>d.title</em> can be redirected into a file, or piped
 Output created by <em>d.title</em> can be redirected into a file, or piped
-directly into <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em> to display the map
+directly into <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em> to display the map
 TITLE created by <em>d.title</em>.  The map TITLE created will include the
 TITLE created by <em>d.title</em>.  The map TITLE created will include the
 map layer's name, TITLE, MAPSET, LOCATION_NAME, geographic region boundary
 map layer's name, TITLE, MAPSET, LOCATION_NAME, geographic region boundary
 coordinates, and cell resolution.
 coordinates, and cell resolution.
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ to the display.
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
 The text created with 
 The text created with 
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em> 
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em> 
 will not necessarily fit within the 
 will not necessarily fit within the 
 active display frame on the graphics monitor; 
 active display frame on the graphics monitor; 
 the user should choose a text size appropriate to this frame. 
 the user should choose a text size appropriate to this frame. 
@@ -29,28 +29,27 @@ Spearfish, SD <em>soils</em> map layer and to display this TITLE in the
 active display frame on the graphics monitor might type the following: 
 active display frame on the graphics monitor might type the following: 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dd> <b>d.title map=</b><em>soils</em> <b>color=</b><em>red</em> <b>size=</b><em>5</em> <b>&gt; TITLE.file</b>
 <dd> <b>d.title map=</b><em>soils</em> <b>color=</b><em>red</em> <b>size=</b><em>5</em> <b>&gt; TITLE.file</b>
-<dd> <b><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A> &lt; TITLE.file</b> 
+<dd> <b><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a> &lt; TITLE.file</b> 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 Alternately, the user might pipe <em>d.title</em> output directly 
 Alternately, the user might pipe <em>d.title</em> output directly 
-into <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A>:</em> 
+into <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a>:</em> 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dd>
 <dd>
 <b>d.title map=</b><em>soils</em> <b>color=</b><em>red</em> <b>size=</b><em>5</em> | 
 <b>d.title map=</b><em>soils</em> <b>color=</b><em>red</em> <b>size=</b><em>5</em> | 
-<a href="d.text.html">d.text</A>
+<a href="d.text.html">d.text</a>
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<p>
-A file created by <em>d.title</em> can be displayed 
-with <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em>.
+<p>A file created by <em>d.title</em> can be displayed 
+with <em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em>.
 Information contained in this file takes precedence over the 
 Information contained in this file takes precedence over the 
 <em>color</em> and <em>size</em> parameters for 
 <em>color</em> and <em>size</em> parameters for 
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em>.
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em>.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</A></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.text.html">d.text</a></em><br>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
@@ -58,5 +57,4 @@ James Westervelt,
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 11 - 22
display/d.vect/d.vect.html

@@ -10,26 +10,22 @@ map=vector_map</tt>. There are a large variety of optional parameters
 which allow the user to specify vector type, colors, data fields, SQL
 which allow the user to specify vector type, colors, data fields, SQL
 queries, label size and justification, etc.
 queries, label size and justification, etc.
 
 
-<p>
-By default <em>d.vect</em> fills in holes in polygons (islands). If
+<p>By default <em>d.vect</em> fills in holes in polygons (islands). If
 you only want to show active areas limit the features with, e.g.,
 you only want to show active areas limit the features with, e.g.,
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 d.vect map=vector_map cats=1-999999
 d.vect map=vector_map cats=1-999999
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-In order to display attributes in the map, <tt>display=attr</tt> must be
+<p>In order to display attributes in the map, <tt>display=attr</tt> must be
 specified in addition to the column name (<b>attrcolumn</b> parameter).
 specified in addition to the column name (<b>attrcolumn</b> parameter).
 
 
-<p>
-Colors may be specified
+<p>Colors may be specified
 by <em><a href="v.colors.html">v.colors</a></em> as a color table or
 by <em><a href="v.colors.html">v.colors</a></em> as a color table or
 in an attribute table column named 'GRASSRGB' (which is
 in an attribute table column named 'GRASSRGB' (which is
 a <tt>varchar(11)</tt> column containing <tt>RRR:GGG:BBB</tt> values),
 a <tt>varchar(11)</tt> column containing <tt>RRR:GGG:BBB</tt> values),
 see the flag <b>-a</b>.
 see the flag <b>-a</b>.
 
 
-<p>
-A table for a vector map might look like this:
+<p>A table for a vector map might look like this:
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 db.select sql="select * from testisola"
 db.select sql="select * from testisola"
@@ -42,29 +38,24 @@ cat|label|GRASSRGB
 190|TENNA|123:45:67
 190|TENNA|123:45:67
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-To add the GRASSRGB color column, use <em><a href="v.db.addcolumn.html">v.db.addcolumn</a></em>:
+<p>To add the GRASSRGB color column, use <em><a href="v.db.addcolumn.html">v.db.addcolumn</a></em>:
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 v.db.addcolumn map=testisola columns="GRASSRGB varchar(11)"
 v.db.addcolumn map=testisola columns="GRASSRGB varchar(11)"
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-To add/change a color, use <em><a href="v.db.update.html">v.db.update</a></em>:
+<p>To add/change a color, use <em><a href="v.db.update.html">v.db.update</a></em>:
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 v.db.update map=testisola column=GRASSRGB value="123:45:237" where="cat=139"
 v.db.update map=testisola column=GRASSRGB value="123:45:237" where="cat=139"
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-A much simpler method of color coding is by using the <b>-c</b> flag
+<p>A much simpler method of color coding is by using the <b>-c</b> flag
 which displays vector elements of like category number with a random
 which displays vector elements of like category number with a random
 color.
 color.
 
 
-<p>
-This module can use FreeType/TrueType fonts if they have already been selected with
+<p>This module can use FreeType/TrueType fonts if they have already been selected with
 <em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em>.
 <em><a href="d.font.html">d.font</a></em>.
 
 
-<p>
-Parameter <b>width</b> is set by default to '0'. XDRIVER specifies the
+<p>Parameter <b>width</b> is set by default to '0'. XDRIVER specifies the
 precise behaviour for non-zero line width, but drivers have some
 precise behaviour for non-zero line width, but drivers have some
 freedom as to how zero-width lines are handled, so they can use the
 freedom as to how zero-width lines are handled, so they can use the
 hardware's &quot;thin line&quot; drawing primitive, if it has one. A
 hardware's &quot;thin line&quot; drawing primitive, if it has one. A
@@ -87,8 +78,7 @@ d.vect -c map=soils display=attr attrcolumn=label
 d.vect -c map=soils where="label='VBF'" display=shape,attr attrcolumn=label
 d.vect -c map=soils where="label='VBF'" display=shape,attr attrcolumn=label
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-3D points, 3D lines and 3D polygons colorized according to z height:
+<p>3D points, 3D lines and 3D polygons colorized according to z height:
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.region rast=elevation.10m
 g.region rast=elevation.10m
 r.random input=elevation.10m n=5000 vector=random3d -d
 r.random input=elevation.10m n=5000 vector=random3d -d
@@ -127,5 +117,4 @@ Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy<br>
 Support for color tables by Martin Landa, Czech Technical University in Prague (8/2011)<br>
 Support for color tables by Martin Landa, Czech Technical University in Prague (8/2011)<br>
 and many other GRASS developers
 and many other GRASS developers
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 6 - 23
display/d.what.rast/d.what.rast.html

@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ associated with cell(s) at user-specified location(s) on
 user-named raster map layer(s).
 user-named raster map layer(s).
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The program will query the contents of raster map layer(s)
 The program will query the contents of raster map layer(s)
 named by the user on the command line. These map layers
 named by the user on the command line. These map layers
 must exist in the user's current mapset search path.  If
 must exist in the user's current mapset search path.  If
@@ -15,7 +14,6 @@ of whatever raster map layer is already displayed in the
 active frame on the graphics monitor.
 active frame on the graphics monitor.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The program activates the mouse, and expects the user to
 The program activates the mouse, and expects the user to
 indicate the cell location(s) to be queried by depressing a
 indicate the cell location(s) to be queried by depressing a
 mouse button over desired location(s) within the current
 mouse button over desired location(s) within the current
@@ -31,18 +29,14 @@ type the following series of commands and receive the
 output below.
 output below.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>d.rast map=</b><em>soils</em>
 <dt><b>d.rast map=</b><em>soils</em>
-<p>
-<dd>To first display the <em>soils</em> map in the active frame.</dd>
+<p><dd>To first display the <em>soils</em> map in the active frame.</dd>
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<p>
-<dl>
+<p><dl>
 <dt><b>d.what.rast map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em><br>
 <dt><b>d.what.rast map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em><br>
-<p>
-<dd>User then moves the mouse to desired location on the
+<p><dd>User then moves the mouse to desired location on the
 displayed <em>soils</em> map layer, and presses the left
 displayed <em>soils</em> map layer, and presses the left
 mouse button to query the category contents of the
 mouse button to query the category contents of the
 <em>soils</em> and <em>aspect</em> maps at this geographic
 <em>soils</em> and <em>aspect</em> maps at this geographic
@@ -56,21 +50,18 @@ soils in PERMANENT (44)Nunn clay loam, NdC
 aspect in PERMANENT (20)15 degrees north of west 
 aspect in PERMANENT (20)15 degrees north of west 
 </pre>
 </pre>
 
 
-<p>
-The first line of output gives the easting (E) and northing (N) coordinates 
+<p>The first line of output gives the easting (E) and northing (N) coordinates 
 of the geographic location at which the user clicked the mouse. 
 of the geographic location at which the user clicked the mouse. 
 Subsequent lines give the selected map(s) name and mapset, map category value 
 Subsequent lines give the selected map(s) name and mapset, map category value 
 (within parentheses), and map category label corresponding to this 
 (within parentheses), and map category label corresponding to this 
 user-selected map location. 
 user-selected map location. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The query may be repeated as often as desired using the
 The query may be repeated as often as desired using the
 left mouse button.  The right button on the mouse is used
 left mouse button.  The right button on the mouse is used
 to quit the <em>d.what.rast</em> session.
 to quit the <em>d.what.rast</em> session.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Users can set the <b>-t</b> flag to obtain a terse output
 Users can set the <b>-t</b> flag to obtain a terse output
 from <em>d.what.rast</em>.  This is useful when the user
 from <em>d.what.rast</em>.  This is useful when the user
 wishes output to be parsed by another program (like
 wishes output to be parsed by another program (like
@@ -81,11 +72,9 @@ default <b>:</b> field separator.  In this case, the
 command
 command
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>d.what.rast -t map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em>
 <dt><b>d.what.rast -t map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em>
-<p>
-<dd> produces output in the form shown below. The first line of
+<p><dd> produces output in the form shown below. The first line of
 output gives the easting, northing, and the mouse button
 output gives the easting, northing, and the mouse button
 return value (see NOTES below).  Each
 return value (see NOTES below).  Each
 subsequent line gives the map name and its mapset, the
 subsequent line gives the map name and its mapset, the
@@ -102,7 +91,6 @@ aspect@PERMANENT:20:15 degrees north of west
 </pre>
 </pre>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Users can also use this program inside of shell scripts
 Users can also use this program inside of shell scripts
 that require as input a map category value and a mouse
 that require as input a map category value and a mouse
 button depressed.  Users can choose an option to run
 button depressed.  Users can choose an option to run
@@ -118,28 +106,23 @@ was pressed, 2 indicates the middle button was pressed, and
 3 indicates that the right mouse button was pressed.
 3 indicates that the right mouse button was pressed.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>d.what.rast</em> will always print its output to the
 <em>d.what.rast</em> will always print its output to the
 terminal screen.  <em>d.what.rast</em> output can be
 terminal screen.  <em>d.what.rast</em> output can be
 redirected into a file; however, if it is, the output will
 redirected into a file; however, if it is, the output will
 go both to the screen and to the file.  For example:
 go both to the screen and to the file.  For example:
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>d.what.rast map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em><b> &gt; what.out</b> 
 <dt><b>d.what.rast map=</b><em>soils,aspect</em><b> &gt; what.out</b> 
-<p>
-<dd>will both send <em>d.what.rast</em> output to the screen
+<p><dd>will both send <em>d.what.rast</em> output to the screen
 and capture its output in the file named
 and capture its output in the file named
 <em>what.out</em>.</dd>
 <em>what.out</em>.</dd>
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The maximum number of raster map layers that can be queried at one time is 15.
 The maximum number of raster map layers that can be queried at one time is 15.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em><a href="d.what.vect.html">d.what.vect</a></em>
 <em><a href="d.what.vect.html">d.what.vect</a></em>
 allows the user to interactively query the category
 allows the user to interactively query the category
 contents of multiple vector map layers at user-specified
 contents of multiple vector map layers at user-specified

+ 5 - 13
display/d.what.vect/d.what.vect.html

@@ -4,15 +4,13 @@
 outputs the category value(s) associated with user-specified location(s) 
 outputs the category value(s) associated with user-specified location(s) 
 in user-specified vector map layer(s). 
 in user-specified vector map layer(s). 
 
 
-<p>
-The program activates the mouse, and expects the user to indicate the 
+<p>The program activates the mouse, and expects the user to indicate the 
 location(s) to be queried by depressing a mouse button over desired location(s) 
 location(s) to be queried by depressing a mouse button over desired location(s) 
 within the current geographic region in the active display frame on the 
 within the current geographic region in the active display frame on the 
 graphic monitor. Query results from map(s) are by default displayed in a new 
 graphic monitor. Query results from map(s) are by default displayed in a new 
 monitor, where label values can be added or changed. Using parameter <b>-x</b> 
 monitor, where label values can be added or changed. Using parameter <b>-x</b> 
 informations will be displayed as plain text to terminal window.
 informations will be displayed as plain text to terminal window.
-<p>
-This module always reports standard acres, even when the location uses
+<p>This module always reports standard acres, even when the location uses
 US Survey feet as the map unit.
 US Survey feet as the map unit.
 
 
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLE</h2>
@@ -23,13 +21,9 @@ active display frame, it is helpful to have a map displayed there for
 reference. 
 reference. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<b>d.vect map=</b><em>roads</em><p>
-Displays the <em>roads</em> vector map layer on the graphics monitor. 
+<b>d.vect map=</b><em>roads</em><p>Displays the <em>roads</em> vector map layer on the graphics monitor. 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<b>d.what.vect map=</b><em>roads,geology</em><p>
-After typing this, the user moves the mouse to a desired location 
+<b>d.what.vect map=</b><em>roads,geology</em><p>After typing this, the user moves the mouse to a desired location 
 on the displayed <em>roads</em> map layer, and presses the left mouse 
 on the displayed <em>roads</em> map layer, and presses the left mouse 
 button to query the category value of the <em>roads</em> and the
 button to query the category value of the <em>roads</em> and the
 <em>geology</em> vector map at this location. 
 <em>geology</em> vector map at this location. 
@@ -38,7 +32,6 @@ The program then outputs the category value of a line type corresponding
 to this user-selected map location, for the vector map queried by the user. 
 to this user-selected map location, for the vector map queried by the user. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The query may be repeated as often as desired using the left mouse button. The 
 The query may be repeated as often as desired using the left mouse button. The 
 middle mouse button toggles the flash color.
 middle mouse button toggles the flash color.
 The right button on the mouse is used to quit the <em>d.what.vect</em> session. 
 The right button on the mouse is used to quit the <em>d.what.vect</em> session. 
@@ -61,5 +54,4 @@ Central Washington University<br>
 Upgrades by Dennis Finch, National Park Service
 Upgrades by Dennis Finch, National Park Service
  and Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
  and Radim Blazek, ITC-Irst, Trento, Italy
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 7 - 10
display/d.where/d.where.html

@@ -1,22 +1,19 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>d.where</em> is an <em>interactive</em> program that
 <em>d.where</em> is an <em>interactive</em> program that
 allows the user, using the pointing device (mouse), to
 allows the user, using the pointing device (mouse), to
 identify the geographic coordinates associated with point
 identify the geographic coordinates associated with point
 locations within the current geographic region in the
 locations within the current geographic region in the
 active display frame on the graphics monitor.
 active display frame on the graphics monitor.
 
 
-<p>
-Each mouse click will output the easting and northing of the point
+<p>Each mouse click will output the easting and northing of the point
 currently located beneath the mouse pointer. 
 currently located beneath the mouse pointer. 
 A mouse-button menu is presented so the user knows which
 A mouse-button menu is presented so the user knows which
 mouse buttons to use. The output is always printed to the
 mouse buttons to use. The output is always printed to the
 terminal screen; if the output is redirected into a file,
 terminal screen; if the output is redirected into a file,
 it will be written to the file as well.
 it will be written to the file as well.
 
 
-<p>
-Mouse buttons:
+<p>Mouse buttons:
 
 
 <pre>
 <pre>
      Left:   where am i
      Left:   where am i
@@ -44,11 +41,11 @@ monitor will be returned (as a percentage, 0,0 is bottom left).
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="d.what.rast.html">d.what.rast</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="d.what.vect.html">d.what.vect</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="v.what.rast.html">v.what.rast</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="v.what.vect.html">v.what.vect</A></em>
+<em><a href="d.what.rast.html">d.what.rast</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="d.what.vect.html">d.what.vect</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="v.what.rast.html">v.what.rast</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="v.what.vect.html">v.what.vect</a></em>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>

+ 0 - 2
display/d.zoom/d.zoom.html

@@ -11,12 +11,10 @@ outlining the new region perimeter with a mouse, unzoom
 or pan the region. The graphics display is updated by the module.
 or pan the region. The graphics display is updated by the module.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 After the user types the command <b>d.zoom</b> a mouse-button menu will appear
 After the user types the command <b>d.zoom</b> a mouse-button menu will appear
 directing the user.
 directing the user.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Additionally the region settings can be modified by
 Additionally the region settings can be modified by
 running <em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</a></em>. 
 running <em><a href="g.region.html">g.region</a></em>. 
 
 

+ 7 - 9
doc/vector/v.modules.html

@@ -1,16 +1,14 @@
-<HEAD>
-<TITLE>GRASS 5.1/7 Vector - Modules Status</TITLE>
-</HEAD>
-<BODY>
-<p>
-<H1>GRASS 5.1/7 Vector - Modules Status</H1>
+<head>
+<title>GRASS 5.1/7 Vector - Modules Status</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<p><H1>GRASS 5.1/7 Vector - Modules Status</H1>
 
 
 This document describes the status of update from vector 4.0 (GRASS 4.0 and 5.0) to vector 5.0 (GRASS 5.1/7) format 
 This document describes the status of update from vector 4.0 (GRASS 4.0 and 5.0) to vector 5.0 (GRASS 5.1/7) format 
 and sites (GRASS 5.0) to vector 5.0 (GRASS 5.1/7) format.
 and sites (GRASS 5.0) to vector 5.0 (GRASS 5.1/7) format.
 
 
-<p>
-You are welcome to upgrade some modules. To avoid duplicate work please send
-information to <a href=mailto:blazek@itc.it>blazek@itc.it</A>
+<p>You are welcome to upgrade some modules. To avoid duplicate work please send
+information to <a href=mailto:blazek@itc.it>blazek@itc.it</a>
 before you start.
 before you start.
 
 
 <HR>
 <HR>

+ 12 - 17
doc/vector/vector.html

@@ -1,33 +1,28 @@
-<HEAD>
-<TITLE>GRASS 5.7/6 Vector Format and API</TITLE>
-</HEAD>
-<BODY>
-<p>
-<H1>GRASS 5.7/6 Vector Format and API</H1>
+<head>
+<title>GRASS 5.7/6 Vector Format and API</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<p><H1>GRASS 5.7/6 Vector Format and API</H1>
 
 
 The API is described in
 The API is described in
+<p><a href="http://grass.itc.it/devel/index.php#prog">GRASS 6 Programmer's Manual</a>
 <p>
 <p>
-<a href="http://grass.itc.it/devel/index.php#prog">GRASS 6 Programmer's Manual</a>
-<p>
-
 source code file:<br>
 source code file:<br>
 lib/vector/vectorlib.dox
 lib/vector/vectorlib.dox
 
 
 <HR>
 <HR>
 
 
-<h2><A NAME="ascii">Vector ASCII Format Specification</A></h2>
+<h2><A NAME="ascii">Vector ASCII Format Specification</a></h2>
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <i>format notes here are outdated and to be merged into<br>
 <i>format notes here are outdated and to be merged into<br>
 vector/v.in.ascii/description.html</i>
 vector/v.in.ascii/description.html</i>
 
 
-<p>
-The ASCII format in the new version contains support for categories,
+<p>The ASCII format in the new version contains support for categories,
 z-coordinates, and the new types centroid, face, and kernel.
 z-coordinates, and the new types centroid, face, and kernel.
 Points and centroids are saved as one coordinate pair instead of two.
 Points and centroids are saved as one coordinate pair instead of two.
 File is saved in old dig_ascii directory but the name will be probably changed.
 File is saved in old dig_ascii directory but the name will be probably changed.
 
 
-<H3>Head</H3>
+<h3>Head</h3>
 The head of the file is similar as the head file of vector binary
 The head of the file is similar as the head file of vector binary
 format but contains bounding box also. Key words are:<br>
 format but contains bounding box also. Key words are:<br>
 <pre>
 <pre>
@@ -46,7 +41,7 @@ NORTH EDGE
 MAP THRESH
 MAP THRESH
 </pre>
 </pre>
 
 
-<H3>Body</H3>
+<h3>Body</h3>
 The body begins with the row:
 The body begins with the row:
 <pre>
 <pre>
 VERTI:
 VERTI:
@@ -95,11 +90,11 @@ L 3 1
 </pre>
 </pre>
 
 
 <HR>
 <HR>
-<h2><A NAME="example">Vector module programming example</A></h2>
+<h2><A NAME="example">Vector module programming example</a></h2>
 
 
 <a href=v.example/>Vector module C programming example</a>
 <a href=v.example/>Vector module C programming example</a>
 
 
-<h2><A NAME="status">Vector module upgrade status</A></h2>
+<h2><A NAME="status">Vector module upgrade status</a></h2>
 
 
 <a href=v.modules.html>Vector upgrade status</a> (partially outdated)
 <a href=v.modules.html>Vector upgrade status</a> (partially outdated)
 
 

+ 2 - 4
general/g.access/g.access.html

@@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ to the current mapset (see UNIX <em>chmod</em> command).
 current mapset.
 current mapset.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The user may, for example, allow only users in the same
 The user may, for example, allow only users in the same
 UNIX group to read data files in the mapset, or restrict
 UNIX group to read data files in the mapset, or restrict
 the mapset to personal use only.
 the mapset to personal use only.
@@ -24,8 +23,7 @@ region definition settings and the location TITLE in files that are stored
 under the PERMANENT mapset directory.  The <em>g.access</em> command,
 under the PERMANENT mapset directory.  The <em>g.access</em> command,
 therefore, will not allow you to restrict access to the PERMANENT mapset.
 therefore, will not allow you to restrict access to the PERMANENT mapset.
 
 
-<p>
-The <em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</A></em> command isn't smart
+<p>The <em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</a></em> command isn't smart
 enough to tell if access to a specified mapset is restricted, and the user
 enough to tell if access to a specified mapset is restricted, and the user
 is therefore allowed to include the names of restricted mapsets in his
 is therefore allowed to include the names of restricted mapsets in his
 search path.  However, the data in a restricted mapset is still protected;
 search path.  However, the data in a restricted mapset is still protected;
@@ -36,7 +34,7 @@ user will simply not see any data listed for a restricted mapset.
 
 
 UNIX manual entries for <em>chmod</em> and <em>group</em> 
 UNIX manual entries for <em>chmod</em> and <em>group</em> 
 <br>
 <br>
-<em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</A></em> 
+<em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</a></em> 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 0 - 5
general/g.copy/g.copy.html

@@ -18,13 +18,11 @@ to copy an existing vector map <em>roads</em> to a file
 called <em>rds.old</em>, the user could type:
 called <em>rds.old</em>, the user could type:
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.copy rast=soils,soils.ph vect=roads,rds.old
 g.copy rast=soils,soils.ph vect=roads,rds.old
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Data files can also be specified by their mapsets.  For
 Data files can also be specified by their mapsets.  For
 example, the below command copies the raster map named
 example, the below command copies the raster map named
 <em>soils</em> from the mapset <em>wilson</em> to a new
 <em>soils</em> from the mapset <em>wilson</em> to a new
@@ -32,13 +30,11 @@ file called <em>soils</em> to be placed under the user's
 current mapset:
 current mapset:
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.copy rast='soils@wilson',soils
 g.copy rast='soils@wilson',soils
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If no mapset name is specified, <em>g.copy</em> searches
 If no mapset name is specified, <em>g.copy</em> searches
 for the named <em>from</em> map in each of the mapset
 for the named <em>from</em> map in each of the mapset
 directories listed in the user's current mapset search path
 directories listed in the user's current mapset search path
@@ -60,7 +56,6 @@ list of existing files, or hit RETURN to end the file
 listing.
 listing.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If a file has support files (e.g., as do raster data
 If a file has support files (e.g., as do raster data
 files), these support files will also be copied.
 files), these support files will also be copied.
 
 

+ 8 - 12
general/g.filename/g.filename.html

@@ -3,11 +3,9 @@
 <em>g.filename</em> is designed for Bourne shell scripts that need to know 
 <em>g.filename</em> is designed for Bourne shell scripts that need to know 
 the full file name, including it's path, for mapset elements, like raster,
 the full file name, including it's path, for mapset elements, like raster,
 vector and site maps, region definitions and imagery groups.
 vector and site maps, region definitions and imagery groups.
-<p>
-The list of element names to search for is not fixed; any subdirectory of the
+<p>The list of element names to search for is not fixed; any subdirectory of the
 mapset directory is a valid element name.
 mapset directory is a valid element name.
-<p>
-However, the user can find the list of standard GRASS element names in
+<p>However, the user can find the list of standard GRASS element names in
 the file $GISBASE/etc/element_list. This is the file which
 the file $GISBASE/etc/element_list. This is the file which
 g.remove/g.rename/g.copy use to determine which files need to be
 g.remove/g.rename/g.copy use to determine which files need to be
 deleted/renamed/copied for a given entity type.
 deleted/renamed/copied for a given entity type.
@@ -15,7 +13,7 @@ deleted/renamed/copied for a given entity type.
 <!-- unused
 <!-- unused
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>element=</b><em>name</em> 
 <dt><b>element=</b><em>name</em> 
@@ -64,7 +62,6 @@ or element) exists or not. This feature allows shell scripts to create new data
 base files as well as use existing ones.
 base files as well as use existing ones.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If the mapset is the current mapset, <em>g.filename</em>
 If the mapset is the current mapset, <em>g.filename</em>
 automatically creates the <em>element</em> specified if it
 automatically creates the <em>element</em> specified if it
 doesn't already exist.  This makes it easy to add new files
 doesn't already exist.  This makes it easy to add new files
@@ -73,17 +70,16 @@ existence of the required data base directories.  (This
 program will not create a new mapset, however, if that
 program will not create a new mapset, however, if that
 specified does not currently exist.)
 specified does not currently exist.)
 
 
-<p>
-The program exits with a 0 if everything is ok;  it exits
+<p>The program exits with a 0 if everything is ok;  it exits
 with a non-zero value if there is an error, in which case
 with a non-zero value if there is an error, in which case
 file=<em>'full_file_pathname'</em> is not output.
 file=<em>'full_file_pathname'</em> is not output.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="g.ask.html">g.ask</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.findfile.html">g.findfile</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="parser.html">parser</A></em>
+<em><a href="g.ask.html">g.ask</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.findfile.html">g.findfile</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="parser.html">parser</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 6 - 7
general/g.findetc/g.findetc.html

@@ -6,19 +6,18 @@ specified in GRASS_ADDON_ETC, plus the GRASS application etc/ directory. This
 is designed for addon scripts that are installed outside the GRASS application
 is designed for addon scripts that are installed outside the GRASS application
 directory, such as a user's home or a system addon directory.
 directory, such as a user's home or a system addon directory.
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <h2>OUTPUT</h2>
 <h2>OUTPUT</h2>
 
 
 <em>g.findetc</em> writes the full path to the file or directory to standard output
 <em>g.findetc</em> writes the full path to the file or directory to standard output
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="g.ask.html">g.ask</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.filename.html">g.filename</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.findfile.html">g.findfile</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="parser.html">parser</A></em>
+<em><a href="g.ask.html">g.ask</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.filename.html">g.filename</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.findfile.html">g.findfile</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="parser.html">parser</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 4 - 8
general/g.findfile/g.findfile.html

@@ -4,11 +4,9 @@
 that need to search for mapset <em>elements</em>, including: raster,
 that need to search for mapset <em>elements</em>, including: raster,
 vector maps, region definitions
 vector maps, region definitions
 and <em><a href="i.group.html">imagery</a></em> groups.
 and <em><a href="i.group.html">imagery</a></em> groups.
-<p>
-The list of <b>element</b> names to search for is not fixed; any
+<p>The list of <b>element</b> names to search for is not fixed; any
 subdirectory of the mapset directory is a valid <b>element</b> name.
 subdirectory of the mapset directory is a valid <b>element</b> name.
-<p>
-However, the user can find the list of standard GRASS <b>element</b>
+<p>However, the user can find the list of standard GRASS <b>element</b>
 names in the file <tt>$GISBASE/etc/element_list</tt>. This is the file
 names in the file <tt>$GISBASE/etc/element_list</tt>. This is the file
 which <em><a href="g.remove.html">g.remove</a></em>, <em><a href="g.rename.html">g.rename</a></em>
 which <em><a href="g.remove.html">g.remove</a></em>, <em><a href="g.rename.html">g.rename</a></em>
 and <em><a href="g.copy.html">g.copy</a></em> use to determine which files
 and <em><a href="g.copy.html">g.copy</a></em> use to determine which files
@@ -35,8 +33,7 @@ as follows:
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 eval `g.findfile element=name mapset=name file=name`
 eval `g.findfile element=name mapset=name file=name`
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
-<p>
-For example (raster map):
+<p>For example (raster map):
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 eval `g.findfile element=cell file=elevation`
 eval `g.findfile element=cell file=elevation`
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
@@ -84,5 +81,4 @@ grass.find_file('elevation', element = 'cell')
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 5 - 10
general/g.gisenv/g.gisenv.html

@@ -24,15 +24,13 @@ In this example, the full path name of the user's current location
 user's current mapset (i.e., <tt>$MAPSET</tt>)
 user's current mapset (i.e., <tt>$MAPSET</tt>)
 is <tt>/opt/grassdata/spearfish/PERMANENT</tt>.
 is <tt>/opt/grassdata/spearfish/PERMANENT</tt>.
 
 
-<p>
-If the user specifies a <em>variable_name</em> on the command line
+<p>If the user specifies a <em>variable_name</em> on the command line
 (e.g., <tt>g.gisenv MAPSET</tt>), only the value for that particular
 (e.g., <tt>g.gisenv MAPSET</tt>), only the value for that particular
 GRASS variable is output to standard output. Possible variable names
 GRASS variable is output to standard output. Possible variable names
 depend on the user's system, see <em><a href="variables.html">variables
 depend on the user's system, see <em><a href="variables.html">variables
 list</a></em> for details.
 list</a></em> for details.
 
 
-<p>
-While other variables may be associated with each GRASS session (e.g.,
+<p>While other variables may be associated with each GRASS session (e.g.,
 GRASS_GUI, GIS_LOCK, and other variables), those stated below
 GRASS_GUI, GIS_LOCK, and other variables), those stated below
 are essential.
 are essential.
 
 
@@ -84,8 +82,7 @@ single GRASS session, the user only has <em>write</em> access to data
 stored under the <em>current mapset</em> (specified by the
 stored under the <em>current mapset</em> (specified by the
 variable <tt>$MAPSET</tt>).
 variable <tt>$MAPSET</tt>).
 
 
-<p>
-Each &quot;mapset&quot; stores GRASS data base elements (i.e., the
+<p>Each &quot;mapset&quot; stores GRASS data base elements (i.e., the
 directories in which GRASS data files are stored).  Any maps created
 directories in which GRASS data files are stored).  Any maps created
 or modified by the user in the current GRASS session will be stored
 or modified by the user in the current GRASS session will be stored
 here. The <tt>$MAPSET</tt> directory <tt>PERMANENT</tt> is generally
 here. The <tt>$MAPSET</tt> directory <tt>PERMANENT</tt> is generally
@@ -104,8 +101,7 @@ session, the user may only <em>modify</em> the data in the
 <tt>$MAPSET</tt>), but may <em>use</em> data available under other
 <tt>$MAPSET</tt>), but may <em>use</em> data available under other
 mapsets under the same <tt>$LOCATION_NAME</tt>.
 mapsets under the same <tt>$LOCATION_NAME</tt>.
 
 
-<p>
-All of these names must be legal names on the user's current system.
+<p>All of these names must be legal names on the user's current system.
 <!--For UNIX users, names less than 14 characters and containing no
 <!--For UNIX users, names less than 14 characters and containing no
 non-printing or space codes are permissible.  Examples of permissible
 non-printing or space codes are permissible.  Examples of permissible
 names include: <em>one</em>, <em>mymap</em>, <em>VeGe_map</em>, and
 names include: <em>one</em>, <em>mymap</em>, <em>VeGe_map</em>, and
@@ -169,5 +165,4 @@ g.gisenv set="DEBUG=0"
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 8
general/g.gui/g.gui.html

@@ -1,11 +1,9 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-<p>
-This program allows user to start a selected graphical user interface (GUI)
+<p>This program allows user to start a selected graphical user interface (GUI)
 from the command line prompt.
 from the command line prompt.
 
 
-<p>
-GRASS 7 has a new GUI based on wxWidgets, written in Python:
+<p>GRASS 7 has a new GUI based on wxWidgets, written in Python:
 
 
 <ul>
 <ul>
 <li><b>wxpython</b> - New wxPython based GUI aka
 <li><b>wxpython</b> - New wxPython based GUI aka
@@ -13,8 +11,7 @@ GRASS 7 has a new GUI based on wxWidgets, written in Python:
 </ul>
 </ul>
 
 
 The old <em>gis.m</em> and <em>d.m</em> Tcl/Tk GUIs from GRASS 6 have been removed.
 The old <em>gis.m</em> and <em>d.m</em> Tcl/Tk GUIs from GRASS 6 have been removed.
-<p>
-If the <b>-u</b> update flag is given or the <em>g.gisenv</em>
+<p>If the <b>-u</b> update flag is given or the <em>g.gisenv</em>
 <tt>GUI</tt> variable is missing, then the <tt>GUI</tt> variable is
 <tt>GUI</tt> variable is missing, then the <tt>GUI</tt> variable is
 permanently changed and the selected GUI will be used as the default
 permanently changed and the selected GUI will be used as the default
 UI from then on.
 UI from then on.
@@ -45,5 +42,4 @@ executed.
 Martin Landa, FBK-irst, Trento, Italy<br>
 Martin Landa, FBK-irst, Trento, Italy<br>
 Hamish Bowman, Otago University, Dunedin, New Zealand (fine tuning)
 Hamish Bowman, Otago University, Dunedin, New Zealand (fine tuning)
 
 
-<p>
-<i>$Date$</i>
+<p><i>$Date$</i>

+ 3 - 7
general/g.list/g.list.html

@@ -11,12 +11,10 @@ in the user's current search path will be listed to standard output. To
 find out which mapsets are in the cuurent search path, use 
 find out which mapsets are in the cuurent search path, use 
 <em><a href="g.mapsets.html">'g.mapsets</a> -p'</em>.
 <em><a href="g.mapsets.html">'g.mapsets</a> -p'</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-If the <b>mapset</b> option is set to "." then only maps from the
+<p>If the <b>mapset</b> option is set to "." then only maps from the
 current mapset will be displayed.
 current mapset will be displayed.
 
 
-<p>
-If the user requests that files from a mapset to which
+<p>If the user requests that files from a mapset to which
 access has been restricted (see
 access has been restricted (see
 <em><a href="g.access.html">g.access</a></em>)
 <em><a href="g.access.html">g.access</a></em>)
 be listed, no files from this mapset will be listed.
 be listed, no files from this mapset will be listed.
@@ -31,7 +29,6 @@ List all raster maps:
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 List all raster and vector maps from mapset &quot;user&quot;:
 List all raster and vector maps from mapset &quot;user&quot;:
 <br>
 <br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
@@ -52,5 +49,4 @@ Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 10 - 20
general/g.mapsets/g.mapsets.html

@@ -3,8 +3,7 @@
 For basic information about Grass <em>mapset</em>, <em>location</em>
 For basic information about Grass <em>mapset</em>, <em>location</em>
 and <em>data base</em> refer to <a href="helptext.html">GRASS Quickstart</a>.
 and <em>data base</em> refer to <a href="helptext.html">GRASS Quickstart</a>.
 
 
-<p>
-A <em>mapset</em> holds a distinct set of data layers,
+<p>A <em>mapset</em> holds a distinct set of data layers,
 each relevant to the same (or a subset of the same) geographic region,
 each relevant to the same (or a subset of the same) geographic region,
 and each drawn in the same map coordinate system.
 and each drawn in the same map coordinate system.
 At the outset of every GRASS session, the user identifies a
 At the outset of every GRASS session, the user identifies a
@@ -17,8 +16,7 @@ will be stored under the <em>current mapset</em> set at the session's outset.
  <em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em> for changing the mapset
  <em><a href="g.gisenv.html">g.gisenv</a></em> for changing the mapset
  with a session)
  with a session)
 
 
-<p>
-The user can add, modify, and delete data layers that exist
+<p>The user can add, modify, and delete data layers that exist
 under his <em>current mapset</em>.  Although the user can
 under his <em>current mapset</em>.  Although the user can
 also <em>access</em> (i.e., use) data that are stored under
 also <em>access</em> (i.e., use) data that are stored under
 <em>other</em> mapsets in the same GRASS location using the
 <em>other</em> mapsets in the same GRASS location using the
@@ -40,8 +38,7 @@ i.e., any map found in another mapset with sufficient
 be called in such a manner.
 be called in such a manner.
 
 
 
 
-<p>
-<em>g.mapsets</em> shows the user available mapsets under
+<p><em>g.mapsets</em> shows the user available mapsets under
 the current GRASS location, lists mapsets to which the user
 the current GRASS location, lists mapsets to which the user
 currently has access, and lists the order in which
 currently has access, and lists the order in which
 accessible mapsets will be accessed by GRASS programs
 accessible mapsets will be accessed by GRASS programs
@@ -50,8 +47,7 @@ opportunity to add or delete mapset names from his search
 path, or modify the order in which mapsets will be
 path, or modify the order in which mapsets will be
 accessed.
 accessed.
 
 
-<p>
-When the user specifies the name of a data base element file
+<p>When the user specifies the name of a data base element file
 (e.g., a particular vector map, raster map, 
 (e.g., a particular vector map, raster map, 
 <a href="i.group.html">imagery</a> group file, etc.)
 <a href="i.group.html">imagery</a> group file, etc.)
 to a GRASS program, the program searches for the named file
 to a GRASS program, the program searches for the named file
@@ -70,8 +66,7 @@ drawn;  e.g., the command:
 ensures that a new file named <em>my.soils</em> is to be a copy of
 ensures that a new file named <em>my.soils</em> is to be a copy of
 the file <em>soils.file</em> from the mapset PERMANENT.)
 the file <em>soils.file</em> from the mapset PERMANENT.)
 
 
-<p>
-It is common for a user to have the special mapset
+<p>It is common for a user to have the special mapset
 <b>PERMANENT</b> included in his mapset search path, as
 <b>PERMANENT</b> included in his mapset search path, as
 this mapset typically contains finished base maps relevant
 this mapset typically contains finished base maps relevant
 to many applications.  Often, other mapsets which contain
 to many applications.  Often, other mapsets which contain
@@ -83,8 +78,7 @@ map layers to which the user wants access.  The mapset
 <em>Soil_Maps</em> should then be included in the user's
 <em>Soil_Maps</em> should then be included in the user's
 <em>search path</em> variable.
 <em>search path</em> variable.
 
 
-<p>
-The <em>mapset search path</em> is saved as part of the
+<p>The <em>mapset search path</em> is saved as part of the
 current mapset.  When the user works with that mapset in
 current mapset.  When the user works with that mapset in
 subsequent GRASS sessions, the previously saved mapset
 subsequent GRASS sessions, the previously saved mapset
 search path will be used (and will continue to be used
 search path will be used (and will continue to be used
@@ -101,12 +95,10 @@ program will print the user's current mapset search path,
 list available mapsets, and prompt the user for a new
 list available mapsets, and prompt the user for a new
 mapset search path listing.
 mapset search path listing.
 
 
-<p>
-The <em>addmapset</em> parameter allows for extending an existing
+<p>The <em>addmapset</em> parameter allows for extending an existing
 <em>mapset search path</em>.
 <em>mapset search path</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-Users can restrict others' access to their mapset files
+<p>Users can restrict others' access to their mapset files
 through use of the GRASS program
 through use of the GRASS program
 
 
 <em><a href="g.access.html">g.access</a></em>.  
 <em><a href="g.access.html">g.access</a></em>.  
@@ -130,9 +122,7 @@ mapsets will remain restricted.
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
-<p>
-Greg Koerper, 
+<p>Greg Koerper, 
 ManTech Environmental Technology, Inc.
 ManTech Environmental Technology, Inc.
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 9 - 19
general/g.message/g.message.html

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-<p>
-This program is to be used in shell/perl/python scripts, so the author does not
+<p>This program is to be used in shell/perl/python scripts, so the author does not
 need to use the <tt>echo</tt> program. The advantage of <em>g.message</em> is
 need to use the <tt>echo</tt> program. The advantage of <em>g.message</em> is
 that it formats messages just like other GRASS modules do and that its
 that it formats messages just like other GRASS modules do and that its
 functionality is influenced by the <tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt> and
 functionality is influenced by the <tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt> and
 <tt>GRASS_MESSAGE_FORMAT</tt> environment variables.
 <tt>GRASS_MESSAGE_FORMAT</tt> environment variables.
 
 
-<p>
-The program can be used for standard informative messages as well as warnings 
+<p>The program can be used for standard informative messages as well as warnings 
 (<b>-w</b> flag) and fatal errors (<b>-e</b> flag). For debugging
 (<b>-w</b> flag) and fatal errors (<b>-e</b> flag). For debugging
 purposes, the <b>-d</b> flag will cause <em>g.message</em> to print a debugging
 purposes, the <b>-d</b> flag will cause <em>g.message</em> to print a debugging
 message at the given level.
 message at the given level.
@@ -18,32 +16,25 @@ message at the given level.
 
 
 Messages containing "<tt>=</tt>" must use the full <b>message=</b> syntax so
 Messages containing "<tt>=</tt>" must use the full <b>message=</b> syntax so
 the parser doesn't get confused.
 the parser doesn't get confused.
-<p>
-If you want a long message (multi-line) to be dealt with as a single
+<p>If you want a long message (multi-line) to be dealt with as a single
 paragraph, use a single call to <em>g.message</em> with text split in the
 paragraph, use a single call to <em>g.message</em> with text split in the
 script using the backslash as the last character. (In shell scripts don't
 script using the backslash as the last character. (In shell scripts don't
 close the "quote")
 close the "quote")
-<p>
-A blank line may be obtained with: <tt>g.message ""</tt>
-<p>
-Redundant whitespace will be stripped away.
-<p>
-It's advisable to single quote the messages that are to be printed literally.
+<p>A blank line may be obtained with: <tt>g.message ""</tt>
+<p>Redundant whitespace will be stripped away.
+<p>It's advisable to single quote the messages that are to be printed literally.
 It prevents a number of characters (most notably, space and the dollar sign
 It prevents a number of characters (most notably, space and the dollar sign
 '<tt>$</tt>') from being treated specifically by the Shell.
 '<tt>$</tt>') from being treated specifically by the Shell.
-<p>
-When it is necessary to include, for example, a variable's value as part of
+<p>When it is necessary to include, for example, a variable's value as part of
 the message, the double quotes may be used, which do not deprive the
 the message, the double quotes may be used, which do not deprive the
 dollar sign of its special variable-expansion powers.
 dollar sign of its special variable-expansion powers.
-<p>
-While it is known that the interactive Bash instances may treat the
+<p>While it is known that the interactive Bash instances may treat the
 exclamation mark '<tt>!</tt>' character specifically (making single quoting
 exclamation mark '<tt>!</tt>' character specifically (making single quoting
 of it necessary), it shouldn't be the case for the non-interactive
 of it necessary), it shouldn't be the case for the non-interactive
 instances of Bash. None the less, to avoid context-based confusion later on
 instances of Bash. None the less, to avoid context-based confusion later on
 you are enouraged to single-quote messages that do not require
 you are enouraged to single-quote messages that do not require
 <tt>$VARIABLE</tt> expansion.
 <tt>$VARIABLE</tt> expansion.
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <h3>VERBOSITY LEVELS</h3>
 <h3>VERBOSITY LEVELS</h3>
 Controlled by the "<tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt>" environment variable. Typically this
 Controlled by the "<tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt>" environment variable. Typically this
 is set using the <tt>--quiet</tt> or <tt>--verbose</tt> command line options.
 is set using the <tt>--quiet</tt> or <tt>--verbose</tt> command line options.
@@ -77,5 +68,4 @@ Recommended levels:
 
 
 Jachym Cepicky
 Jachym Cepicky
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 5 - 10
general/g.mkfontcap/g.mkfontcap.html

@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>g.mkfontcap</em> is a utilty to generate a GRASS font configuration file
+<p><em>g.mkfontcap</em> is a utilty to generate a GRASS font configuration file
 ("fontcap") containing details of the fonts available on the current system.
 ("fontcap") containing details of the fonts available on the current system.
 If <a href="http://freetype.sourceforge.net/">Freetype</a> is not installed,
 If <a href="http://freetype.sourceforge.net/">Freetype</a> is not installed,
 the font list will be limited to the set of Hershey stroke fonts supplied
 the font list will be limited to the set of Hershey stroke fonts supplied
@@ -17,15 +16,13 @@ fonts. The list of directories scanned is currently:
     /System/Library/Fonts
     /System/Library/Fonts
     ${WINDIR}/Fonts
     ${WINDIR}/Fonts
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
-<p>
-These correspond to directories where fonts can be found on some common
+<p>These correspond to directories where fonts can be found on some common
 operating systems. Extra directories to search can easily by added using the
 operating systems. Extra directories to search can easily by added using the
 <em>extradirs</em> parameter, which accepts a comma-separated list. An extra
 <em>extradirs</em> parameter, which accepts a comma-separated list. An extra
 directory may optionally contain an environment variable <em>at the start</em> 
 directory may optionally contain an environment variable <em>at the start</em> 
 of the string, if enclosed in ${xxx} syntax (see examples above).
 of the string, if enclosed in ${xxx} syntax (see examples above).
 
 
-<p>
-The module will normally write to the standard fontcap file location,
+<p>The module will normally write to the standard fontcap file location,
 <tt>$GISBASE/etc/fontcap</tt>. If the environment variable
 <tt>$GISBASE/etc/fontcap</tt>. If the environment variable
 <strong>GRASS_FONT_CAP</strong> is set, the output will instead be written 
 <strong>GRASS_FONT_CAP</strong> is set, the output will instead be written 
 to the file specified by that variable. This is useful if you don't have
 to the file specified by that variable. This is useful if you don't have
@@ -39,12 +36,10 @@ export GRASS_FONT_CAP
 
 
 g.mkfontcap
 g.mkfontcap
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
-<p>
-to create a personal copy and then to make GRASS use that file
+<p>to create a personal copy and then to make GRASS use that file
 instead of the system copy.
 instead of the system copy.
 
 
-<p>
-The output list of fonts is sorted first by type (Stroke fonts first,
+<p>The output list of fonts is sorted first by type (Stroke fonts first,
 followed by Freetype) and within each type by the short name of the font.
 followed by Freetype) and within each type by the short name of the font.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>

+ 3 - 6
general/g.mlist/g.mlist.html

@@ -3,8 +3,7 @@
 <em>g.mlist</em> searches for data files matching a pattern given by
 <em>g.mlist</em> searches for data files matching a pattern given by
 wildcards or POSIX Extended Regular Expressions.
 wildcards or POSIX Extended Regular Expressions.
 
 
-<p>
-See the <em>g.list</em> help page for discussion of module options.
+<p>See the <em>g.list</em> help page for discussion of module options.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>EXAMPLES</h2>
 <h2>EXAMPLES</h2>
@@ -83,8 +82,7 @@ This may be useful for other programs' parameter input
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em><a href="g.list.html">g.list</a></em>
 <em><a href="g.list.html">g.list</a></em>
-<p>
-<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression">Regular expressions</a>
+<p><a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression">Regular expressions</a>
 (aka regex) -  from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
 (aka regex) -  from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
 
 
 
 
@@ -93,5 +91,4 @@ This may be useful for other programs' parameter input
 Huidae Cho<br>
 Huidae Cho<br>
 grass4u@gmail.com
 grass4u@gmail.com
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
general/g.mremove/g.mremove.html

@@ -15,8 +15,7 @@ Delete all raster maps starting with "<tt>tmp_</tt>" in the current mapset:
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em><a href="g.remove.html">g.remove</a></em>
 <em><a href="g.remove.html">g.remove</a></em>
-<p>
-<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression">Regular expression</a> (from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia)
+<p><a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression">Regular expression</a> (from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia)
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 8 - 16
general/g.parser/g.parser.html

@@ -44,11 +44,9 @@ header, the value will be available in variable <b>GIS_OPT_INPUT</b>
 and the value of flag with key <b>f</b> will be available in variable
 and the value of flag with key <b>f</b> will be available in variable
 <b>GIS_FLAG_F</b>.
 <b>GIS_FLAG_F</b>.
 
 
-<p>
-For flags, the value will be "1" if the flag was given, and "0" otherwise.
+<p>For flags, the value will be "1" if the flag was given, and "0" otherwise.
 
 
-<p>
-If the <b>-s</b> switch is used, the options and flags are written to
+<p>If the <b>-s</b> switch is used, the options and flags are written to
 stdout in the form <em>opt_&lt;name&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</em> and
 stdout in the form <em>opt_&lt;name&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</em> and
 <em>flag_&lt;name&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</em>, preceded by the string
 <em>flag_&lt;name&gt;=&lt;value&gt;</em>, preceded by the string
 <b>@ARGS_PARSED@</b>. If this string doesn't appear as the first line
 <b>@ARGS_PARSED@</b>. If this string doesn't appear as the first line
@@ -57,8 +55,7 @@ as <b>--html-description</b>. In this case, the data written by
 <em>g.parser</em> to stdout should be copied to the script's stdout
 <em>g.parser</em> to stdout should be copied to the script's stdout
 verbatim.
 verbatim.
 
 
-<p>
-Typical header definitions are as follows:
+<p>Typical header definitions are as follows:
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 #%module
 #%module
@@ -96,23 +93,20 @@ for opt in $GIS_OPT_INPUT ; do
 done
 done
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-A "<tt>guisection</tt>" field may be added to each option and flag to specify
+<p>A "<tt>guisection</tt>" field may be added to each option and flag to specify
 that the options should appear in multiple tabs in the auto-generated GUI.
 that the options should appear in multiple tabs in the auto-generated GUI.
 Any options without a <tt>guisection</tt> field go into the "Options" tab.
 Any options without a <tt>guisection</tt> field go into the "Options" tab.
 For example:
 For example:
 <pre>#% guisection: tabname</pre>
 <pre>#% guisection: tabname</pre>
 would put that option in a tab named <i>tabname</i>.
 would put that option in a tab named <i>tabname</i>.
 
 
-<p>
-A "<tt>key_desc</tt>" field may be added to each option to specify the text that
+<p>A "<tt>key_desc</tt>" field may be added to each option to specify the text that
 appears in the module's usage help section. For example:
 appears in the module's usage help section. For example:
 <pre>#% key_desc: filename</pre>
 <pre>#% key_desc: filename</pre>
 added to an <b>input</b> option would create the usage summary
 added to an <b>input</b> option would create the usage summary
 <tt>[input=filename]</tt>.
 <tt>[input=filename]</tt>.
 
 
-<p>
-If a script is run with --o, G_parser() will
+<p>If a script is run with --o, G_parser() will
 set <tt>GRASS_OVERWRITE=1</tt>, which has the same effect as passing
 set <tt>GRASS_OVERWRITE=1</tt>, which has the same effect as passing
 --o to every module which is run from the script. Similarly, passing
 --o to every module which is run from the script. Similarly, passing
 --q or --v will set <tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt> to 0 or 3 respectively,
 --q or --v will set <tt>GRASS_VERBOSE</tt> to 0 or 3 respectively,
@@ -420,15 +414,13 @@ to the other examples above.
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 and the <tt>SUBMITTING_SCRIPTS</tt> file in the GRASS source code.
 and the <tt>SUBMITTING_SCRIPTS</tt> file in the GRASS source code.
-<p>
-Related Wiki pages: 
+<p>Related Wiki pages: 
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/wiki/Category:Linking_to_other_languages">Using GRASS with other programming languages</a>
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/wiki/Category:Linking_to_other_languages">Using GRASS with other programming languages</a>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 Glynn Clements
 Glynn Clements
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
 </body>
 </body>
 </html>
 </html>

+ 4 - 8
general/g.pnmcat/g.pnmcat.html

@@ -1,16 +1,12 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
-<p>
-Concatenate PNM tiles into a single image.
-<p>
-This module is for use by NVIZ' "Maximum resolution PPM" option.
-<p>
-It concatenates a grid of &lt;rows&gt; x &lt;cols&gt; binary PPM
+<p>Concatenate PNM tiles into a single image.
+<p>This module is for use by NVIZ' "Maximum resolution PPM" option.
+<p>It concatenates a grid of &lt;rows&gt; x &lt;cols&gt; binary PPM
 images into a single image. The images must all be named
 images into a single image. The images must all be named
 &lt;base&gt;_&lt;row&gt;_&lt;col&gt;.ppm, where &lt;row&gt; and
 &lt;base&gt;_&lt;row&gt;_&lt;col&gt;.ppm, where &lt;row&gt; and
 &lt;col&gt; start from one, with row one being the bottom row, and
 &lt;col&gt; start from one, with row one being the bottom row, and
 where &lt;base&gt; is the value of the <em>base=</em> option.
 where &lt;base&gt; is the value of the <em>base=</em> option.
-<p>
-All images within a row must have the same height, and the widths must
+<p>All images within a row must have the same height, and the widths must
 sum to the value of the <em>width=</em> option. The heights of the individual
 sum to the value of the <em>width=</em> option. The heights of the individual
 rows must sum to the value of the <em>height=</em> option. All images must be
 rows must sum to the value of the <em>height=</em> option. All images must be
 in "P6" (binary PPM) format.
 in "P6" (binary PPM) format.

+ 13 - 25
general/g.proj/g.proj.html

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 
 <p><em>g.proj</em> provides a means of converting a co-ordinate system
 <p><em>g.proj</em> provides a means of converting a co-ordinate system
 description (i.e. projection information) between various formats.
 description (i.e. projection information) between various formats.
-If compiled without <a href="http://www.gdal.org/ogr/">OGR</A> present, the 
+If compiled without <a href="http://www.gdal.org/ogr/">OGR</a> present, the 
 functionality is limited to:
 functionality is limited to:
 <ul>
 <ul>
 <li>Reporting the projection information for the current location, 
 <li>Reporting the projection information for the current location, 
@@ -105,31 +105,27 @@ Print the projection information for the current location:<br>
 g.proj -p
 g.proj -p
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a '.prj' file in ESRI format corresponding to the current location:<br>
+<p>Create a '.prj' file in ESRI format corresponding to the current location:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -wef > irish_grid.prj
 g.proj -wef > irish_grid.prj
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Read the projection information from a geotiff file and print it in PROJ.4
+<p>Read the projection information from a geotiff file and print it in PROJ.4
 format:<br>
 format:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -jf georef=ASTER_DEM20020508161837.tif
 g.proj -jf georef=ASTER_DEM20020508161837.tif
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Convert the PROJ.4 projection description contained in a text file to WKT
+<p>Convert the PROJ.4 projection description contained in a text file to WKT
 format:<br>
 format:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 cat proj4.description | g.proj -w proj4=-
 cat proj4.description | g.proj -w proj4=-
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by EPSG code
+<p>Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by EPSG code
 4326 (Latitude-Longitude/WGS84), without explicitly specifiying datum
 4326 (Latitude-Longitude/WGS84), without explicitly specifiying datum
 transformation parameters:<br>
 transformation parameters:<br>
 
 
@@ -137,47 +133,41 @@ transformation parameters:<br>
 g.proj -c epsg=4326 location=latlong
 g.proj -c epsg=4326 location=latlong
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by ESRI-EPSG code
+<p>Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by ESRI-EPSG code
 900913 (<a href="http://spatialreference.org/ref/user/6/">Google Mercator Projection</a>)<br>
 900913 (<a href="http://spatialreference.org/ref/user/6/">Google Mercator Projection</a>)<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -c epsg=900913 loc=google
 g.proj -c epsg=900913 loc=google
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by EPSG code
+<p>Create a new location with the co-ordinate system referred to by EPSG code
 29900 (Irish Grid), selecting datum transformation parameter set no. 2:<br>
 29900 (Irish Grid), selecting datum transformation parameter set no. 2:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -c epsg=29900 datumtrans=2 location=irish_grid
 g.proj -c epsg=29900 datumtrans=2 location=irish_grid
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a new location with the same co-ordinate system as the current
+<p>Create a new location with the same co-ordinate system as the current
 location, but forcing a change to datum transformation parameter set no. 1:<br>
 location, but forcing a change to datum transformation parameter set no. 1:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -c location=newloc -t datumtrans=1
 g.proj -c location=newloc -t datumtrans=1
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-List the possible datum transformation parameters for the current location:<br>
+<p>List the possible datum transformation parameters for the current location:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -t datumtrans=-1
 g.proj -t datumtrans=-1
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Create a new location with the co-ordinate system from a WKT definition
+<p>Create a new location with the co-ordinate system from a WKT definition
 stored in a text file:<br>
 stored in a text file:<br>
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 g.proj -c wkt=irish_grid.prj location=irish_grid
 g.proj -c wkt=irish_grid.prj location=irish_grid
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Reproject external raster map to current GRASS projection (does not always make sense!)
+<p>Reproject external raster map to current GRASS projection (does not always make sense!)
 using the GDAL 'gdalwarp' tool. We recommend to use the ERDAS/Img format and not
 using the GDAL 'gdalwarp' tool. We recommend to use the ERDAS/Img format and not
 to use the ESRI style of WKT:<br>
 to use the ESRI style of WKT:<br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
@@ -185,8 +175,7 @@ to use the ESRI style of WKT:<br>
 gdalwarp -of HFA -tr 30 30 -t_srs "`g.proj -wf`" aster.img aster_tmerc.img
 gdalwarp -of HFA -tr 30 30 -t_srs "`g.proj -wf`" aster.img aster_tmerc.img
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-Reproject external vector map to current GRASS projection
+<p>Reproject external vector map to current GRASS projection
 using the OGR 'ogr2ogr' tool:<br>
 using the OGR 'ogr2ogr' tool:<br>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 ogr2ogr -t_srs "`g.proj -wf`" polbnda_italy_GB_ovest.shp polbnda_italy_LL.shp
 ogr2ogr -t_srs "`g.proj -wf`" polbnda_italy_GB_ovest.shp polbnda_italy_LL.shp
@@ -199,8 +188,7 @@ ogr2ogr -t_srs "`g.proj -wf`" polbnda_italy_GB_ovest.shp polbnda_italy_LL.shp
 <a href="http://www.gdal.org">GDAL raster library and toolset</a><br>
 <a href="http://www.gdal.org">GDAL raster library and toolset</a><br>
 <a href="http://www.gdal.org/ogr/">OGR vector library and toolset</a>
 <a href="http://www.gdal.org/ogr/">OGR vector library and toolset</a>
 
 
-<p>
-<b>Further reading</b>
+<p><b>Further reading</b>
 <ul>
 <ul>
 <li> <a href="http://www.asprs.org/resources/grids/">ASPRS Grids and Datum</a>
 <li> <a href="http://www.asprs.org/resources/grids/">ASPRS Grids and Datum</a>
 <li> <a href="http://www.mapref.org">MapRef - The Collection of Map Projections and Reference Systems for Europe</a>
 <li> <a href="http://www.mapref.org">MapRef - The Collection of Map Projections and Reference Systems for Europe</a>

+ 9 - 35
general/g.region/g.region.html

@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ resolutions of its smallest units (rectangular units called
 "cells").
 "cells").
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The region's boundaries are given as the northernmost,
 The region's boundaries are given as the northernmost,
 southernmost, easternmost, and westernmost points that
 southernmost, easternmost, and westernmost points that
 define its extent (cell edges).  The north and south boundaries
 define its extent (cell edges).  The north and south boundaries
@@ -35,7 +34,6 @@ are commonly called <em>northings</em>, while the east and west
 boundaries are called <em>eastings</em>.
 boundaries are called <em>eastings</em>.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The region's cell resolution defines the size of the
 The region's cell resolution defines the size of the
 smallest piece of data recognized (imported, analyzed,
 smallest piece of data recognized (imported, analyzed,
 displayed, stored, etc.) by GRASS modules affected by the
 displayed, stored, etc.) by GRASS modules affected by the
@@ -43,8 +41,7 @@ current region settings. The north-south and east-west cell
 resolutions need not be the same, thus allowing non-square
 resolutions need not be the same, thus allowing non-square
 data cells to exist.
 data cells to exist.
 
 
-<p>
-Typically all raster and display modules are affected by the current
+<p>Typically all raster and display modules are affected by the current
 region settings, but not vector modules.
 region settings, but not vector modules.
 Some special modules diverge from this rule, for example raster import
 Some special modules diverge from this rule, for example raster import
 modules and <em>v.in.region</em>.
 modules and <em>v.in.region</em>.
@@ -96,14 +93,12 @@ that the north/south distance is a multiple of the
 north/south resolution and that the east/west distance is a
 north/south resolution and that the east/west distance is a
 multiple of the east/west resolution.
 multiple of the east/west resolution.
 
 
-<p>
-With the <b>-a</b> flag all four boundaries are adjusted 
+<p>With the <b>-a</b> flag all four boundaries are adjusted 
 to be even multiples of the resolution, aligning the region to the
 to be even multiples of the resolution, aligning the region to the
 resolution supplied by the user. The default is to
 resolution supplied by the user. The default is to
 align the region resolution to match the region boundaries.
 align the region resolution to match the region boundaries.
 
 
-<p>
-The <b>-m</b> flag will report the region resolution in meters. The
+<p>The <b>-m</b> flag will report the region resolution in meters. The
 resolution is calculated by averaging the resolution at the region
 resolution is calculated by averaging the resolution at the region
 boundaries. This resolution is calculated by dividing the geodesic 
 boundaries. This resolution is calculated by dividing the geodesic 
 distance in meters at the boundary by the number of rows or columns.
 distance in meters at the boundary by the number of rows or columns.
@@ -119,12 +114,10 @@ averaged, the results finally printed.
 -->
 -->
 
 
 
 
-<p>
-The <b>-p</b> (or <b>-g</b>) option is recognized
+<p>The <b>-p</b> (or <b>-g</b>) option is recognized
 last.  This means that all changes are applied to the
 last.  This means that all changes are applied to the
 region settings before printing occurs.
 region settings before printing occurs.
-<p>
-The <b>-g</b> flag prints the current region settings in shell script style.
+<p>The <b>-g</b> flag prints the current region settings in shell script style.
 This format can be given back to <em>g.region</em> on its command line.
 This format can be given back to <em>g.region</em> on its command line.
 This may also be used to save region settings as shell environment variables
 This may also be used to save region settings as shell environment variables
 with the UNIX eval command, "<tt>eval `g.region -g`</tt>".
 with the UNIX eval command, "<tt>eval `g.region -g`</tt>".
@@ -145,8 +138,7 @@ encompassing all non-NULL data in the named raster map
 layer that fall inside the user's current region. In this
 layer that fall inside the user's current region. In this
 way you can tightly zoom in on isolated clumps within a
 way you can tightly zoom in on isolated clumps within a
 bigger map.
 bigger map.
-<p>
-If the user also includes the <b>rast=</b><em>name</em>
+<p>If the user also includes the <b>rast=</b><em>name</em>
 option on the command line, <b>zoom=</b><em>name</em> will
 option on the command line, <b>zoom=</b><em>name</em> will
 set the current region settings to the smallest region
 set the current region settings to the smallest region
 encompassing all non-NULL data in the named <b>zoom</b> map
 encompassing all non-NULL data in the named <b>zoom</b> map
@@ -179,7 +171,6 @@ region, but leave the south edge, west edge, and the region
 cell resolutions unchanged.
 cell resolutions unchanged.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region n=51:36:05N e=10:10:05E s=51:29:55N w=9:59:55E res=0:00:01
 g.region n=51:36:05N e=10:10:05E s=51:29:55N w=9:59:55E res=0:00:01
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -189,7 +180,6 @@ for the current region, here in DMS latitude-longitude style
 (decimal degrees and degrees with decimal minutes can also be used).
 (decimal degrees and degrees with decimal minutes can also be used).
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -dp s=698000
 g.region -dp s=698000
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -199,7 +189,6 @@ for the GRASS data base location, reset the south edge to
 698000, and then print the result.
 698000, and then print the result.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region n=n+1000 w=w-500
 g.region n=n+1000 w=w-500
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -214,7 +203,6 @@ units and the current region's western boundary is
 decreased by 500 units.
 decreased by 500 units.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region n=s+1000 e=w+1000
 g.region n=s+1000 e=w+1000
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -228,7 +216,6 @@ larger than the western boundary's coordinate value.  The
 corresponding forms s=n-<em>value</em> and
 corresponding forms s=n-<em>value</em> and
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 w=e-<em>value</em> may be used to set the values of the
 w=e-<em>value</em> may be used to set the values of the
 region's southern and western boundaries, relative to the
 region's southern and western boundaries, relative to the
 northern and eastern boundary values.
 northern and eastern boundary values.
@@ -244,7 +231,6 @@ the raster map layer <em>soils</em>.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region rast=soils zoom=soils
 g.region rast=soils zoom=soils
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -261,7 +247,6 @@ settings.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -up rast=soils
 g.region -up rast=soils
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -273,7 +258,6 @@ the cell header file for the soils map layer is printed
 without changing the current region settings.
 without changing the current region settings.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -up zoom=soils save=soils
 g.region -up zoom=soils save=soils
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -286,7 +270,6 @@ user's current mapset.  The current region settings are not
 changed.
 changed.
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region b=0 t=3000 tbres=200 res3=100
 g.region b=0 t=3000 tbres=200 res3=100
 g.region -p3
 g.region -p3
@@ -298,7 +281,6 @@ at horizontal resolution (100m) and vertical resolution (200m)
 is defined.
 is defined.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -p
 g.region -p
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -321,7 +303,6 @@ cols:       950
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -p3
 g.region -p3
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -353,7 +334,6 @@ depths:     1
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -g
 g.region -g
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -373,7 +353,6 @@ cols=950
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -bg
 g.region -bg
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -398,7 +377,6 @@ LL_S=44.37302019
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -l
 g.region -l
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -418,7 +396,6 @@ Center latitude:  44:26:14.439781N [44.43734]
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 <dt><span class="code"><tt>
 g.region -pm
 g.region -pm
 </tt></span>
 </tt></span>
@@ -443,8 +420,7 @@ Note that the resolution is here reported in meters, not decimal degrees.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<p>
-Usage example of <em>g.region</em> in a shell with external software:<br>
+<p>Usage example of <em>g.region</em> in a shell with external software:<br>
 <!-- why not 'v.in.ogr spatial=' ?? -->
 <!-- why not 'v.in.ogr spatial=' ?? -->
 Extract spatial subset of external vector map 'soils.shp' to new external
 Extract spatial subset of external vector map 'soils.shp' to new external
 vector map 'soils_cut.shp' using the OGR 'ogr2ogr' tool:<br>
 vector map 'soils_cut.shp' using the OGR 'ogr2ogr' tool:<br>
@@ -457,8 +433,7 @@ ogr2ogr -spat $w $s $e $n soils_cut.shp soils.shp
 This requires that the location/SHAPE file projection match.
 This requires that the location/SHAPE file projection match.
 
 
 
 
-<p>
-Usage example of <em>g.proj</em> and <em>g.region</em> in a shell with external software:<br>
+<p>Usage example of <em>g.proj</em> and <em>g.region</em> in a shell with external software:<br>
 Extract spatial subset of external raster map 'p016r035_7t20020524_z17_nn30.tif'
 Extract spatial subset of external raster map 'p016r035_7t20020524_z17_nn30.tif'
 to new external raster map'p016r035_7t20020524_nc_spm_wake_nn30.tif using the GDAL
 to new external raster map'p016r035_7t20020524_nc_spm_wake_nn30.tif using the GDAL
 'gdalwarp' tool:<br>
 'gdalwarp' tool:<br>
@@ -493,5 +468,4 @@ Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 0 - 1
general/g.remove/g.remove.html

@@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ raster maps), <em>g.remove</em> will remove these support
 files along with the data base element file specified.
 files along with the data base element file specified.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The user can only use <em>g.remove</em> to remove data
 The user can only use <em>g.remove</em> to remove data
 files existing under the user's <em>current mapset</em>.
 files existing under the user's <em>current mapset</em>.
 
 

+ 1 - 4
general/g.rename/g.rename.html

@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ then renamed to <em>new</em>.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Users can also simply type <em>g.rename -help</em> without
 Users can also simply type <em>g.rename -help</em> without
 arguments on the command line, to receive a menu of
 arguments on the command line, to receive a menu of
 existing data base element types and files from which to
 existing data base element types and files from which to
@@ -42,7 +41,6 @@ commonly the case with raster maps), these support files
 also are renamed.
 also are renamed.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If the user attempts to rename a file to itself by setting
 If the user attempts to rename a file to itself by setting
 the <em>new</em> file name equal to the <em>old</em> file
 the <em>new</em> file name equal to the <em>old</em> file
 name (e.g., <b>g.rename rast=soils,soils</b>),
 name (e.g., <b>g.rename rast=soils,soils</b>),
@@ -52,8 +50,7 @@ state that no rename is needed.  However, <em>g.rename</em>
 will allow the user to overwrite other existing files in
 will allow the user to overwrite other existing files in
 the current mapset by making the <em>new</em> file name
 the current mapset by making the <em>new</em> file name
 that of an already existing file.
 that of an already existing file.
-<p>
-For portability reasons, <em>g.rename</em> is ignoring case of
+<p>For portability reasons, <em>g.rename</em> is ignoring case of
 names. To change the case of a map name, first rename the map
 names. To change the case of a map name, first rename the map
 to a name which differs by more than case, then rename it to
 to a name which differs by more than case, then rename it to
 the intended name.
 the intended name.

+ 8 - 11
general/g.setproj/g.setproj.html

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ as <em>v.proj</em>) can be run.
 
 
 <p>The user will be prompted for the projection name. 
 <p>The user will be prompted for the projection name. 
 Most projections are supported. The 
 Most projections are supported. The 
-<a href="http://proj.maptools.org/">PROJ.4</A> abbreviations for the names are
+<a href="http://proj.maptools.org/">PROJ.4</a> abbreviations for the names are
 used with two exceptions, viz. 'll', for latitude / longitude geographic
 used with two exceptions, viz. 'll', for latitude / longitude geographic
 co-ordinates, and 'stp', for the State Plane Co-ordinate system (used in the
 co-ordinates, and 'stp', for the State Plane Co-ordinate system (used in the
 USA).
 USA).
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@ $GISBASE/etc/ directory.
 the various other parameters required to define it.
 the various other parameters required to define it.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The projections of aea, lcc, merc, leae, leac, and 
 The projections of aea, lcc, merc, leae, leac, and 
 tmerc will generate a request to the user for the prime meridian and standard 
 tmerc will generate a request to the user for the prime meridian and standard 
 parallel for the output map. 
 parallel for the output map. 
@@ -64,14 +63,13 @@ parallel for the output map.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="g.proj.html">g.proj</A></em>,
-<em><a href="m.proj.html">m.proj</A></em>,
-<em><a href="r.proj.html">r.proj</A></em>,
-<em><a href="v.proj.html">v.proj</A></em>,
-<em><a href="http://proj.maptools.org">PROJ.4</A></em>
+<em><a href="g.proj.html">g.proj</a></em>,
+<em><a href="m.proj.html">m.proj</a></em>,
+<em><a href="r.proj.html">r.proj</a></em>,
+<em><a href="v.proj.html">v.proj</a></em>,
+<em><a href="http://proj.maptools.org">PROJ.4</a></em>
 
 
-<p>
-<b>Further reading</b>
+<p><b>Further reading</b>
 <ul>
 <ul>
 <li> A guide to <a href="http://erg.usgs.gov/isb/pubs/MapProjections/projections.html">Map Projections</a> by USGS
 <li> A guide to <a href="http://erg.usgs.gov/isb/pubs/MapProjections/projections.html">Map Projections</a> by USGS
 <li> <a href="http://www.asprs.org/resources/grids/">ASPRS Grids and Datum</a>
 <li> <a href="http://www.asprs.org/resources/grids/">ASPRS Grids and Datum</a>
@@ -87,8 +85,7 @@ Research Laboratory<br>
 Morten Hulden, morten at untamo.net - rewrote module and added 121 projections <br>
 Morten Hulden, morten at untamo.net - rewrote module and added 121 projections <br>
 Andreas Lange, andreas.lange at rhein-main.de - added prelimnary map datum support
 Andreas Lange, andreas.lange at rhein-main.de - added prelimnary map datum support
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
 
 
 
 
 </body>
 </body>

+ 0 - 1
general/g.tempfile/g.tempfile.html

@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ GRASS periodically removes temporary files that have been left behind
 by programs that failed to remove them before terminating. 
 by programs that failed to remove them before terminating. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>g.tempfile</em>
 <em>g.tempfile</em>
 creates an unique file and prints the name. The user is required to provide 
 creates an unique file and prints the name. The user is required to provide 
 a process-id which will be used as part of the name of the file. 
 a process-id which will be used as part of the name of the file. 

+ 1 - 2
general/g.version/g.version.html

@@ -52,5 +52,4 @@ Michael Shapiro,
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S. Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
imagery/i.albedo/i.albedo.html

@@ -23,5 +23,4 @@ Maybe change input requirement of MODIS to [0.0-1.0]?
 
 
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 3 - 4
imagery/i.aster.toar/i.aster.toar.html

@@ -29,13 +29,12 @@ The function is defined in gain_aster.c file.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="i.landsat.toar.html">i.landsat.toar</A><br>
-<a href="r.in.aster.html">r.in.aster</A><br>
+<a href="i.landsat.toar.html">i.landsat.toar</a><br>
+<a href="r.in.aster.html">r.in.aster</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 
 
 Yann Chemin, CSU, Australia
 Yann Chemin, CSU, Australia
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 14 - 29
imagery/i.atcorr/i.atcorr.html

@@ -7,30 +7,25 @@ available at the
 <a href="http://modis-sr.ltdri.org/">Land Surface
 <a href="http://modis-sr.ltdri.org/">Land Surface
 Reflectance Science Computing Facility website</a>.
 Reflectance Science Computing Facility website</a>.
 
 
-<p>
-<em>Important note: Current region settings are ignored!</em> The region is adjusted
+<p><em>Important note: Current region settings are ignored!</em> The region is adjusted
 to cover the input raster map before the atmospheric correction is
 to cover the input raster map before the atmospheric correction is
 performed. The previous settings are restored afterwards.
 performed. The previous settings are restored afterwards.
 
 
-<p>
-Because using a <b>elevation</b> and/or <b>visibility</b>
+<p>Because using a <b>elevation</b> and/or <b>visibility</b>
 raster map makes execution time much longer, it is advised to use
 raster map makes execution time much longer, it is advised to use
 the optimization flag <b>-o</b>.
 the optimization flag <b>-o</b>.
 This flag tells <em>i.atcorr</em> to try and speedup calculations. 
 This flag tells <em>i.atcorr</em> to try and speedup calculations. 
 However, this option will increase memory requirements.
 However, this option will increase memory requirements.
 
 
-<p>
-If flag <b>-r</b> is used, the input raster data are treated as
+<p>If flag <b>-r</b> is used, the input raster data are treated as
 <em>reflectance</em>. Otherwise, the input raster data are treated
 <em>reflectance</em>. Otherwise, the input raster data are treated
 as <em>radiance</em> values and are converted to reflectance at
 as <em>radiance</em> values and are converted to reflectance at
 the <em>i.atcorr</em> runtime. The output data are always reflectance.
 the <em>i.atcorr</em> runtime. The output data are always reflectance.
 
 
-<p>
-Note that the satellite overpass time has to be specified in Greenwich
+<p>Note that the satellite overpass time has to be specified in Greenwich
 Mean Time (GMT).
 Mean Time (GMT).
 
 
-<p>
-An example 6S parameters:
+<p>An example 6S parameters:
 
 
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 8                            - geometrical conditions=Landsat ETM+
 8                            - geometrical conditions=Landsat ETM+
@@ -364,8 +359,7 @@ visibility and in a following line enter the aerosol optical depth at 550nm
 0.112                        - aerosol optical depth 550 nm
 0.112                        - aerosol optical depth 550 nm
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
-<p>
-NOTE: if iaer is 0, enter -1 for visibility.
+<p>NOTE: if iaer is 0, enter -1 for visibility.
 
 
 <h3>E. Target altitude (xps), sensor platform (xpp)</h3>
 <h3>E. Target altitude (xps), sensor platform (xpp)</h3>
 
 
@@ -375,8 +369,7 @@ Target altitude (xps, in negative [km]):
 in [km], given as negative value
 in [km], given as negative value
 </blockquote>
 </blockquote>
 
 
-<p>
-Sensor platform (xpp, in negative [km] or -1000):
+<p>Sensor platform (xpp, in negative [km] or -1000):
 <blockquote>
 <blockquote>
 <br>xpp = -1000 means that the sensor is on board a satellite.
 <br>xpp = -1000 means that the sensor is on board a satellite.
 <br>xpp = 0 means that the sensor is at the ground level.
 <br>xpp = 0 means that the sensor is at the ground level.
@@ -384,8 +377,7 @@ Sensor platform (xpp, in negative [km] or -1000):
  this altitude is given <b>relative to the target</b> altitude as negative value.
  this altitude is given <b>relative to the target</b> altitude as negative value.
 </blockquote>
 </blockquote>
 
 
-<p>
-For aircraft simulations only (xpp is neither equal to 0 nor equal to -1000):
+<p>For aircraft simulations only (xpp is neither equal to 0 nor equal to -1000):
 <blockquote>
 <blockquote>
 puw,po3 (water vapor content,ozone content between the aircraft and the surface)
 puw,po3 (water vapor content,ozone content between the aircraft and the surface)
 <br>taerp (the aerosol optical thickness at 550nm between the aircraft and the
 <br>taerp (the aerosol optical thickness at 550nm between the aircraft and the
@@ -436,8 +428,7 @@ micrometer.</td>
 </tr>
 </tr>
 </table>
 </table>
 
 
-<p>
-Pre-defined satellite bands:
+<p>Pre-defined satellite bands:
 
 
 <table border="1">
 <table border="1">
 
 
@@ -590,7 +581,6 @@ r.info lsat7_2002_40
 
 
 In this case, we have: SUN_AZIMUTH = 120.8810347, SUN_ELEVATION = 64.7730999.
 In this case, we have: SUN_AZIMUTH = 120.8810347, SUN_ELEVATION = 64.7730999.
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If the sun position metadata are unavailable, we can also calculate
 If the sun position metadata are unavailable, we can also calculate
 them from the overpass time as follows
 them from the overpass time as follows
 (<em><a href="r.sunmask.html">r.sunmask</a></em>
 (<em><a href="r.sunmask.html">r.sunmask</a></em>
@@ -601,8 +591,7 @@ r.sunmask -s elev=elevation out=dummy year=2002 month=5 day=24 hour=10 min=42 se
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 If the overpass time is unknown, use the <a href="http://www-air.larc.nasa.gov/tools/predict.htm">Satellite Overpass Predictor</a>.
 If the overpass time is unknown, use the <a href="http://www-air.larc.nasa.gov/tools/predict.htm">Satellite Overpass Predictor</a>.
-<p>
-Convert DN (digital number = pixel values) to Radiance at top-of-atmosphere (TOA), using the
+<p>Convert DN (digital number = pixel values) to Radiance at top-of-atmosphere (TOA), using the
 formula
 formula
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
    L&lambda; = ((LMAX&lambda; - LMIN&lambda;)/(QCALMAX-QCALMIN)) * (QCAL-QCALMIN) + LMIN&lambda;
    L&lambda; = ((LMAX&lambda; - LMIN&lambda;)/(QCALMAX-QCALMIN)) * (QCAL-QCALMIN) + LMIN&lambda;
@@ -625,8 +614,7 @@ images (see
 <a href="http://landsathandbook.gsfc.nasa.gov/handbook/handbook_htmls/chapter11/chapter11.html">Landsat handbook</a>),
 <a href="http://landsathandbook.gsfc.nasa.gov/handbook/handbook_htmls/chapter11/chapter11.html">Landsat handbook</a>),
 and the maximal DN value (QCALMAX) is 255. QCAL is the DN value for every
 and the maximal DN value (QCALMAX) is 255. QCAL is the DN value for every
 separate pixel in the Landsat image.
 separate pixel in the Landsat image.
-<p>
-We extract the coefficients and apply them in order to obtain the radiance map:
+<p>We extract the coefficients and apply them in order to obtain the radiance map:
 <div class="code"><pre>
 <div class="code"><pre>
 CHAN=4
 CHAN=4
 r.info lsat7_2002_${CHAN}0 -h | tr '\n' ' ' | sed 's+ ++g' | tr ':' '\n' | grep "LMIN_BAND${CHAN}\|LMAX_BAND${CHAN}"
 r.info lsat7_2002_${CHAN}0 -h | tr '\n' ' ' | sed 's+ ++g' | tr ':' '\n' | grep "LMIN_BAND${CHAN}\|LMAX_BAND${CHAN}"
@@ -676,8 +664,7 @@ Note that the altitude value from 'icnd_lsat4.txt' file is read at the beginning
 to compute the initial transform. It is necessary to give a value which could
 to compute the initial transform. It is necessary to give a value which could
 be the mean value of the elevation model. For the atmospheric correction then
 be the mean value of the elevation model. For the atmospheric correction then
 the raster elevation values are used from the map.
 the raster elevation values are used from the map.
-<p>
-Note that the process is computationally intensive.<br>
+<p>Note that the process is computationally intensive.<br>
 Note also, that <em>i.atcorr</em> reports solar elevation angle above horizon rather than solar zenith angle.
 Note also, that <em>i.atcorr</em> reports solar elevation angle above horizon rather than solar zenith angle.
 
 
 <h2><font color="red">REMAINING DOCUMENTATION ISSUES</font></h2>
 <h2><font color="red">REMAINING DOCUMENTATION ISSUES</font></h2>
@@ -689,8 +676,7 @@ optical depth at 550nm.
 
 
 GRASS Wiki page about 
 GRASS Wiki page about 
   <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/wiki/Atmospheric_correction">Atmospheric correction</a>
   <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/wiki/Atmospheric_correction">Atmospheric correction</a>
-<p>
-<em>
+<p><em>
 <a href="r.info.html">r.info</a>,
 <a href="r.info.html">r.info</a>,
 <a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a>,
 <a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a>,
 <a href="r.univar.html">r.univar</a>
 <a href="r.univar.html">r.univar</a>
@@ -738,6 +724,5 @@ overview., IEEE Trans. Geosc. and Remote Sens. 35(3):675-686.
 <p><em>VGT1 and VGT2 sensors addition from <a href="http://6s.ltdri.org/">6SV-1.1 sources</a>, addition 07/2011:</em>
 <p><em>VGT1 and VGT2 sensors addition from <a href="http://6s.ltdri.org/">6SV-1.1 sources</a>, addition 07/2011:</em>
 <br>Alfredo Alessandrini, Anne Ghisla
 <br>Alfredo Alessandrini, Anne Ghisla
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
 
 

+ 2 - 3
imagery/i.biomass/i.biomass.html

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ remove Latitude, DOY and Tsw from input and replace with a raster input compatib
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="i.eb.evapfr">i.eb.evapfr</A><br>
+<a href="i.eb.evapfr">i.eb.evapfr</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
@@ -35,5 +35,4 @@ remove Latitude, DOY and Tsw from input and replace with a raster input compatib
 
 
 Yann Chemin, Bec de Mortagne, France
 Yann Chemin, Bec de Mortagne, France
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 8 - 11
imagery/i.cca/i.cca.html

@@ -11,9 +11,8 @@ processing system</a>. CCA is also known as "Canonical components
 transformation".
 transformation".
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Typically the user will use the 
 Typically the user will use the 
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em> 
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em> 
 program to collect a set of signatures and then pass those
 program to collect a set of signatures and then pass those
 signatures along with the raster band files to
 signatures along with the raster band files to
 <em>i.cca</em>.  The raster band file names are specified
 <em>i.cca</em>.  The raster band file names are specified
@@ -21,23 +20,22 @@ on the command line by giving the group and subgroup that
 were used to collect the signatures.
 were used to collect the signatures.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The output raster map names are built by appending a ".1",
 The output raster map names are built by appending a ".1",
 ".2", etc. to the output raster map name specified on the
 ".2", etc. to the output raster map name specified on the
 command line.
 command line.
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
 <dt><b>group=</b><em>name</em> 
 <dt><b>group=</b><em>name</em> 
 
 
-<dd>Name of the <a href="i.group.html">imagery</A> group
+<dd>Name of the <a href="i.group.html">imagery</a> group
 to which the 2 to 8 raster band files used belong.
 to which the 2 to 8 raster band files used belong.
 
 
 <dt><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em> 
 <dt><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em> 
 
 
-<dd>Name of the <a href="i.group.html">imagery</A>
+<dd>Name of the <a href="i.group.html">imagery</a>
 subgroup to which the 2 to 8 raster band files used
 subgroup to which the 2 to 8 raster band files used
 belong.
 belong.
 
 
@@ -64,11 +62,10 @@ Schowengerdt, Robert A.  <b>Techniques for Image Processing and
 Classification in Remote Sensing</b>,  Academic Press, 1983.
 Classification in Remote Sensing</b>,  Academic Press, 1983.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.covar.html">r.covar</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.covar.html">r.covar</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 
 

+ 44 - 62
imagery/i.class/i.class.html

@@ -4,12 +4,11 @@
 performs the first pass in the GRASS two-pass supervised image
 performs the first pass in the GRASS two-pass supervised image
 classification process;
 classification process;
 the GRASS program 
 the GRASS program 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em> executes the second pass.
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em> executes the second pass.
 Both programs must be run to generate a classified map in GRASS
 Both programs must be run to generate a classified map in GRASS
 raster format.
 raster format.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>i.class</em> is an interactive program that allows the user to outline
 <em>i.class</em> is an interactive program that allows the user to outline
 a region on the screen and calculate the spectral signature based on the
 a region on the screen and calculate the spectral signature based on the
 cells that are within that region.  During this process the user will be
 cells that are within that region.  During this process the user will be
@@ -21,18 +20,16 @@ is likely to be put into the class associated with the current signature.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The spectral signatures that result are composed of region means and
 The spectral signatures that result are composed of region means and
 covariance matrices.  These region means and covariance matrices are used in
 covariance matrices.  These region means and covariance matrices are used in
-the second pass (<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>) to classify
+the second pass (<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>) to classify
 the image.
 the image.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Alternatively, the spectral signatures generated by <em>i.class</em> can be
 Alternatively, the spectral signatures generated by <em>i.class</em> can be
 used for seed means for the clusters in the
 used for seed means for the clusters in the
-<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</A></em> program.
+<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em> program.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>USER INPUTS</h2>
 <h2>USER INPUTS</h2>
@@ -41,7 +38,7 @@ At the command line the user is asked to enter the name of the raster map
 to be displayed during the process of outlining regions.
 to be displayed during the process of outlining regions.
 Typically, the user will want to enter the name of a color
 Typically, the user will want to enter the name of a color
 composite previously created by
 composite previously created by
-<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</A></em>.
+<em><a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</a></em>.
 
 
 However, the user can enter the name of any existing raster
 However, the user can enter the name of any existing raster
 map.  This leaves the potential for using a raster map not
 map.  This leaves the potential for using a raster map not
@@ -49,9 +46,8 @@ directly derived from the image as a backdrop on which the
 user can outline the classes of interest.
 user can outline the classes of interest.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The first screen in the program <em>i.class</em> asks the user for the
 The first screen in the program <em>i.class</em> asks the user for the
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery</A> <em>group</em> and <em>subgroup</em>
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery</a> <em>group</em> and <em>subgroup</em>
 to be analyzed:
 to be analyzed:
 
 
 
 
@@ -69,30 +65,27 @@ SUBGROUP:   123________   (list will show available subgroups)
 </pre></div>
 </pre></div>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The <em>group</em> should contain the 
 The <em>group</em> should contain the 
 imagery bands that the user wishes
 imagery bands that the user wishes
 to classify.  The <em>subgroup</em> is a subset of this group.
 to classify.  The <em>subgroup</em> is a subset of this group.
 The user must create a group and a subgroup by running the GRASS program
 The user must create a group and a subgroup by running the GRASS program
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em> 
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em> 
 before running <em>i.class</em>.  The subgroup should contain
 before running <em>i.class</em>.  The subgroup should contain
 only the image bands that the user wishes to classify.
 only the image bands that the user wishes to classify.
 Note that this subgroup must contain more than one band.
 Note that this subgroup must contain more than one band.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 After the first screen, the program asks the user for the name of the
 After the first screen, the program asks the user for the name of the
 resulting signature file.  The signature file is both the output file for
 resulting signature file.  The signature file is both the output file for
 <em>i.class</em> and the required input file for the GRASS 
 <em>i.class</em> and the required input file for the GRASS 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em> module.
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em> module.
 It contains the region means and covariance matrices that are used to
 It contains the region means and covariance matrices that are used to
-classify an image in  <em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>.
+classify an image in  <em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>.
 The signature file will be saved in the
 The signature file will be saved in the
 <tt>$MAPSET/group/$GROUP/subgroup/$SUBGROUP/sig/</tt> directory.
 <tt>$MAPSET/group/$GROUP/subgroup/$SUBGROUP/sig/</tt> directory.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 After entering the resulting signature file name, the user
 After entering the resulting signature file name, the user
 is asked to enter the name of a seed signature file.  This
 is asked to enter the name of a seed signature file.  This
 is optional.  A "seed" signature file is a previously
 is optional.  A "seed" signature file is a previously
@@ -105,7 +98,6 @@ from several sessions with <em>i.class</em> into one
 signature file.
 signature file.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 At this point the <em>i.class</em> graphics screen will be
 At this point the <em>i.class</em> graphics screen will be
 drawn on the graphics monitor and the user will be directed
 drawn on the graphics monitor and the user will be directed
 to use the mouse.  From this point on the user will
 to use the mouse.  From this point on the user will
@@ -156,7 +148,7 @@ following paragraphs.
 
 
 
 
 <A NAME="commandmenu"></a>
 <A NAME="commandmenu"></a>
-<H3>The Command Menu</H3>
+<h3>The Command Menu</h3>
 
 
 The Command Menu includes the following selections:
 The Command Menu includes the following selections:
 
 
@@ -171,7 +163,6 @@ Frame.  A red rectangle is drawn in the Map Display Frame,
 indicating what area the Zoom Display Frame shows.
 indicating what area the Zoom Display Frame shows.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 To outline the rectangular region simply use any mouse button to anchor
 To outline the rectangular region simply use any mouse button to anchor
 the first corner of the border and then use any button to choose the
 the first corner of the border and then use any button to choose the
 other corner.
 other corner.
@@ -181,7 +172,7 @@ other corner.
 <dt><em>Define region</em>  
 <dt><em>Define region</em>  
 
 
 <dd>This selection takes the user to the
 <dd>This selection takes the user to the
-<a href="#regionmenu">Region Menu</A>.
+<a href="#regionmenu">Region Menu</a>.
 This menu includes the
 This menu includes the
 options that allow the user to outline a region of interest
 options that allow the user to outline a region of interest
 on the displayed raster map.
 on the displayed raster map.
@@ -191,7 +182,7 @@ on the displayed raster map.
 
 
 <dd>This selection takes the user to the Redisplay Menu.
 <dd>This selection takes the user to the Redisplay Menu.
 The 
 The 
-<a href="#redisplaymenu">Redisplay Menu</A> 
+<a href="#redisplaymenu">Redisplay Menu</a> 
 allows the user to redraw map display
 allows the user to redraw map display
 frames.
 frames.
 
 
@@ -208,7 +199,7 @@ data will not fit.  In this case, as much of the data as
 possible, centered around the mean, will be displayed.
 possible, centered around the mean, will be displayed.
 After the histograms are displayed, the user will be given
 After the histograms are displayed, the user will be given
 the 
 the 
-<a href="#signaturemenu">Signature Menu</A>.
+<a href="#signaturemenu">Signature Menu</a>.
 
 
 <dt><em>Quit</em> 
 <dt><em>Quit</em> 
 <dd>The user should make this selection 
 <dd>The user should make this selection 
@@ -217,7 +208,7 @@ to end the session with <em>i.class</em>.
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
 <A NAME="regionmenu"></a>
 <A NAME="regionmenu"></a>
-<H3>The Region Menu</H3>
+<h3>The Region Menu</h3>
 
 
 The Region Menu contains the following selections:
 The Region Menu contains the following selections:
 
 
@@ -246,16 +237,16 @@ restored later.  Only one previous region is saved.
 currently being drawn.  As noted above, it saves the complete
 currently being drawn.  As noted above, it saves the complete
 region to be restored later, if needed.  Once the user has made a
 region to be restored later, if needed.  Once the user has made a
 complete region, it can be analyzed with the Analyze Region
 complete region, it can be analyzed with the Analyze Region
-selection on the <a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</A>.
+selection on the <a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</a>.
 
 
 <dt><em>Done</em> 
 <dt><em>Done</em> 
 <dd>Use this selection to return to the 
 <dd>Use this selection to return to the 
-<a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</A>.
+<a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</a>.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
 <A NAME="redisplaymenu"></a>
 <A NAME="redisplaymenu"></a>
-<H3>The Redisplay Map Menu</H3>
+<h3>The Redisplay Map Menu</h3>
 
 
 The Redisplay Map Menu has the following selections, which are useful
 The Redisplay Map Menu has the following selections, which are useful
 to redraw the raster maps displayed in the Map and Zoom Display Frames.
 to redraw the raster maps displayed in the Map and Zoom Display Frames.
@@ -278,12 +269,12 @@ Frames to be redrawn.
 <dt><em>Cancel</em> 
 <dt><em>Cancel</em> 
 <dd>Use this selection if you do not want to redisplay
 <dd>Use this selection if you do not want to redisplay
 either of the above regions.  The user will be returned to the 
 either of the above regions.  The user will be returned to the 
-<a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</A>.
+<a href="#commandmenu">Command Menu</a>.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
 <A NAME="signaturemenu"></a>
 <A NAME="signaturemenu"></a>
-<H3>The Analyze Region Menu</H3>
+<h3>The Analyze Region Menu</h3>
 
 
 The Analyze Region Menu contains the Signature Menu, which
 The Analyze Region Menu contains the Signature Menu, which
 allows the user to set the number of standard deviations
 allows the user to set the number of standard deviations
@@ -313,7 +304,6 @@ and minimum range marked.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Note that the number in parentheses on this
 Note that the number in parentheses on this
 selection is the current number of standard deviations.
 selection is the current number of standard deviations.
 
 
@@ -327,7 +317,6 @@ selected will be used when the Display Matches Menu
 selection is made.
 selection is made.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Note that the color in parentheses on this selection is the current
 Note that the color in parentheses on this selection is the current
 color for display.
 color for display.
 
 
@@ -348,7 +337,7 @@ signature.  If the user answers with the "Yes" selection,
 he/she will be asked to enter a description for the
 he/she will be asked to enter a description for the
 resultant signature file on the text terminal keyboard.
 resultant signature file on the text terminal keyboard.
 The saved signature file description will be used by <em>
 The saved signature file description will be used by <em>
-<a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em> to name the
+<a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em> to name the
 category that is created from the current signature.  After
 category that is created from the current signature.  After
 either a "No" answer or the signature description is
 either a "No" answer or the signature description is
 entered, the user is returned to the Command Menu.
 entered, the user is returned to the Command Menu.
@@ -363,46 +352,41 @@ overlay for cells that match a signature.  As a result, if
 a MASK already exists it will be removed during the
 a MASK already exists it will be removed during the
 execution of this program.
 execution of this program.
 
 
-<p>
-The cell values in the image bands cannot fall outside of
+<p>The cell values in the image bands cannot fall outside of
 the range of 0 to 255.  <em>i.class</em> will report an
 the range of 0 to 255.  <em>i.class</em> will report an
 error if they do.
 error if they do.
 
 
-<p>
-<em>i.class</em>, like some of the other 
-<a href="imagery.html">imagery</A> programs, does not use the
+<p><em>i.class</em>, like some of the other 
+<a href="imagery.html">imagery</a> programs, does not use the
 
 
 standard GRASS display frames.  After running
 standard GRASS display frames.  After running
 <em>i.class</em>, you will need to create a display frame
 <em>i.class</em>, you will need to create a display frame
 (e.g., using
 (e.g., using
 
 
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A></em> or 
+<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a></em> or 
 
 
-<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</A></em>)
+<em><a href="d.erase.html">d.erase</a></em>)
 before you can use most of the GRASS display (d.) commands.
 before you can use most of the GRASS display (d.) commands.
 
 
-<p>
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<p><em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 must be run before <em>i.class</em> to create an 
 must be run before <em>i.class</em> to create an 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery</A> group and a subgroup
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery</a> group and a subgroup
 containing the image bands to be classified.
 containing the image bands to be classified.
 
 
-<p>
-The user can perform a supervised image classification by
+<p>The user can perform a supervised image classification by
 running <em>i.class</em> followed by
 running <em>i.class</em> followed by
 
 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>.  
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>.  
 
 
 The user can perform an unsupervised classification
 The user can perform an unsupervised classification
 by running 
 by running 
 
 
-<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</A></em> followed by 
+<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em> followed by 
 
 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>.
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>.
 
 
-<p>
-<em>i.class</em> is interactive and requires the user to be running 
-a graphics display monitor (see <em><a href="d.mon.html">d.mon</A></em>)
+<p><em>i.class</em> is interactive and requires the user to be running 
+a graphics display monitor (see <em><a href="d.mon.html">d.mon</a></em>)
 to run this program.
 to run this program.
 
 
 
 
@@ -410,23 +394,21 @@ to run this program.
 
 
 The GRASS 4 <em>
 The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
-Processing manual</A></em>
-
-<p>
-<em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</A>, 
-<a href="d.mon.html">d.mon</A>, 
-<a href="g.region.html">g.region</A>, 
-<a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</A>,
-<a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</A>, 
-<a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</A>, 
-<a href="i.group.html">i.group</A>, 
-<a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A>, 
-<a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</A></em>
+Processing manual</a></em>
+
+<p><em><a href="d.frame.html">d.frame</a>, 
+<a href="d.mon.html">d.mon</a>, 
+<a href="g.region.html">g.region</a>, 
+<a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</a>,
+<a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a>, 
+<a href="r.composite.html">r.composite</a>, 
+<a href="i.group.html">i.group</a>, 
+<a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a>, 
+<a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 David Satnik, 
 David Satnik, 
 Central Washington University
 Central Washington University
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 5 - 11
imagery/i.cluster/i.cluster.html

@@ -7,8 +7,7 @@ classification of imagery, while the GRASS program <em>
 the second pass. Both programs must be run to complete the unsupervised 
 the second pass. Both programs must be run to complete the unsupervised 
 classification.
 classification.
 
 
-<p>
-<em>i.cluster</em> is a clustering algorithm that reads
+<p><em>i.cluster</em> is a clustering algorithm that reads
 through the (raster) imagery data and builds pixel clusters
 through the (raster) imagery data and builds pixel clusters
 based on the spectral reflectances of the pixels (see Figure).
 based on the spectral reflectances of the pixels (see Figure).
 The pixel clusters are imagery categories that can be related
 The pixel clusters are imagery categories that can be related
@@ -18,8 +17,7 @@ spectral signatures) are influenced by six parameters set
 by the user.  The first parameter set by the user is the
 by the user.  The first parameter set by the user is the
 initial number of clusters to be discriminated.
 initial number of clusters to be discriminated.
 
 
-<p>
-<center>
+<p><center>
 <img src="landsat_cluster.png" border=1><br>
 <img src="landsat_cluster.png" border=1><br>
 <table border=0 width=590>
 <table border=0 width=590>
 <tr><td><center>
 <tr><td><center>
@@ -28,7 +26,6 @@ initial number of clusters to be discriminated.
 </table>
 </table>
 </center>
 </center>
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>i.cluster</em> starts by generating spectral signatures
 <em>i.cluster</em> starts by generating spectral signatures
 for this number of clusters and "attempts" to end up with
 for this number of clusters and "attempts" to end up with
 this number of clusters during the clustering process.  The
 this number of clusters during the clustering process.  The
@@ -42,7 +39,6 @@ and the row and column sampling intervals.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The cluster spectral signatures that result are composed of
 The cluster spectral signatures that result are composed of
 cluster means and covariance matrices.  These cluster means
 cluster means and covariance matrices.  These cluster means
 and covariance matrices are used in the second pass 
 and covariance matrices are used in the second pass 
@@ -75,7 +71,7 @@ The classes value is the initial number of clusters to be
 discriminated; any parameter values left unspecified are
 discriminated; any parameter values left unspecified are
 set to their default values.
 set to their default values.
 
 
-<H3>Flags:</H3>
+<h3>Flags:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -88,7 +84,7 @@ messages are printed out.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -240,7 +236,6 @@ The GRASS 4 <em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>
 <em>
 <a href="i.class.html">i.class</a>,
 <a href="i.class.html">i.class</a>,
 <a href="i.group.html">i.group</a>,
 <a href="i.group.html">i.group</a>,
@@ -259,5 +254,4 @@ Tao Wen,
 University of Illinois at 
 University of Illinois at 
 Urbana-Champaign, 
 Urbana-Champaign, 
 Illinois
 Illinois
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 5
imagery/i.eb.eta/i.eb.eta.html

@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Full ETa processing will need those:
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.evapfr.html">i.eb.evapfr</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.netrad.html">i.eb.netrad</A><br>
+<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.evapfr.html">i.eb.evapfr</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.netrad.html">i.eb.netrad</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
@@ -45,5 +45,4 @@ agricultural areas. Remote Sensing. -(-):,2009. (submitted))
 
 
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 5
imagery/i.eb.evapfr/i.eb.evapfr.html

@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ Makin, Molden and Bastiaanssen (2001).
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.soilheatflux.html">i.eb.soilheatflux</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</A><br>
+<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.soilheatflux.html">i.eb.soilheatflux</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
@@ -33,5 +33,4 @@ agricultural areas. Remote Sensing. -(-):,2009. (submitted))
 
 
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 5
imagery/i.eb.netrad/i.eb.netrad.html

@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ Add more explanations.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="i.eb.soilheatflux.html">i.eb.soilheatflux</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</A><br>
-<a href="i.albedo.html">i.albedo</A><br>
+<a href="i.eb.soilheatflux.html">i.eb.soilheatflux</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</a><br>
+<a href="i.albedo.html">i.albedo</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 
 
@@ -31,5 +31,4 @@ Add more explanations.
 
 
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines<br>
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines<br>
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 6 - 7
imagery/i.eb.soilheatflux/i.eb.soilheatflux.html

@@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ modification from the HAPEX-Sahel experiment.
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</A><br>
-<a href="i.albedo.html">i.albedo</A><br>
-<a href="i.emissivity.html">i.emissivity</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</A><br>
-<a href="i.eb.evapfr.html">i.eb.evapfr</A><br>
+<a href="r.sun.html">r.sun</a><br>
+<a href="i.albedo.html">i.albedo</a><br>
+<a href="i.emissivity.html">i.emissivity</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.h_SEBAL01.html">i.eb.h_SEBAL01</a><br>
+<a href="i.eb.evapfr.html">i.eb.evapfr</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
@@ -34,5 +34,4 @@ modification from the HAPEX-Sahel experiment.
 
 
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand<br>
 Yann Chemin, Asian Institute of Technology, Thailand<br>
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 3 - 5
imagery/i.emissivity/i.emissivity.html

@@ -3,18 +3,16 @@
 <em>i.emissivity</em> calculates the emissivity in the longwave radiation
 <em>i.emissivity</em> calculates the emissivity in the longwave radiation
 spectrum, according to the semi-empirical equation related to NDVI by
 spectrum, according to the semi-empirical equation related to NDVI by
 Caselles and Colles (1997), valid in the NDVI range of 0.16 to 0.74.
 Caselles and Colles (1997), valid in the NDVI range of 0.16 to 0.74.
-<p>
-Estimation in the 8-14 micrometers range for sparse canopy...
+<p>Estimation in the 8-14 micrometers range for sparse canopy...
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="i.eb.netrad.html">i.eb.netrad</A><br>
+<a href="i.eb.netrad.html">i.eb.netrad</a><br>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development Team<br>
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development Team<br>
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 4 - 8
imagery/i.evapo.mh/i.evapo.mh.html

@@ -16,18 +16,14 @@ and Modified Hargreaves (2001).
 Hargreaves GL, Hargreaves GH, Riley JP, 1985. Agricultural benefits for
 Hargreaves GL, Hargreaves GH, Riley JP, 1985. Agricultural benefits for
 Senegal River Basin. Journal of Irrigation and Drainange Engineering,
 Senegal River Basin. Journal of Irrigation and Drainange Engineering,
 ASCE, 111(2):113-124.
 ASCE, 111(2):113-124.
-<p>
-Droogers P, Allen RG, 2002. Towards a simplified global reference
+<p>Droogers P, Allen RG, 2002. Towards a simplified global reference
 evapotranspiration equation. Irrigation Science.
 evapotranspiration equation. Irrigation Science.
-<p>
-Droogers, P., and R.G. Allen. 2002. Estimating reference evapotranspiration
+<p>Droogers, P., and R.G. Allen. 2002. Estimating reference evapotranspiration
 under inaccurate data conditions. Irrigation and Drainage Systems 16: 33-45.
 under inaccurate data conditions. Irrigation and Drainage Systems 16: 33-45.
-<p>
-Hargreaves and Samani, 1985.
+<p>Hargreaves and Samani, 1985.
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 
 
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development team, 2007-2011<br>
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development team, 2007-2011<br>
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 1
imagery/i.evapo.pm/i.evapo.pm.html

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ project at IST-SUPSI (Institute of Earth Sciences - University school of applied
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 
 
   <p>[1] Cannata M., 2006. <a href="http://istgis.ist.supsi.ch:8001/geomatica/index.php?id=1">
   <p>[1] Cannata M., 2006. <a href="http://istgis.ist.supsi.ch:8001/geomatica/index.php?id=1">
-  GIS embedded approach for Free & Open Source Hydrological Modelling</A>. PhD thesis, Department of Geodesy and Geomatics, Polytechnic of Milan, Italy.
+  GIS embedded approach for Free & Open Source Hydrological Modelling</a>. PhD thesis, Department of Geodesy and Geomatics, Polytechnic of Milan, Italy.
 
 
   <p>[2] Allen, R.G., L.S. Pereira, D. Raes, and M. Smith. 1998. 
   <p>[2] Allen, R.G., L.S. Pereira, D. Raes, and M. Smith. 1998. 
   Crop Evapotranspiration: Guidelines for computing crop water requirements. 
   Crop Evapotranspiration: Guidelines for computing crop water requirements. 

+ 2 - 4
imagery/i.evapo.pt/i.evapo.pt.html

@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ is a modification of Penman’s more theoretical equation.
 RNETD optional output from i.evapo.potrad is giving good results as input
 RNETD optional output from i.evapo.potrad is giving good results as input
 for net radiation in this module.
 for net radiation in this module.
 
 
-<p>
-Alpha values:
+<p>Alpha values:
 <ul>
 <ul>
 <li> 1.32 for estimates from vegetated areas as a result of the increase in
 <li> 1.32 for estimates from vegetated areas as a result of the increase in
 surface roughness (Morton, 1983; Brutsaert and Stricker, 1979)
 surface roughness (Morton, 1983; Brutsaert and Stricker, 1979)
@@ -36,5 +35,4 @@ http://www.civil.uwaterloo.ca/Watflood/Manual/02_03_1.htm
 
 
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development team, 2007-08
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development team, 2007-08
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
imagery/i.evapo.time/i.evapo.time.html

@@ -64,5 +64,4 @@ For multi-year calculations, just continue incrementing DOY values above
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 6 - 10
imagery/i.fft/i.fft.html

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.fft</em> is an image processing program based on the FFT algorithm
 <em>i.fft</em> is an image processing program based on the FFT algorithm
 given by Frigo et al. (1998), that processes a single input raster map layer
 given by Frigo et al. (1998), that processes a single input raster map layer
 (<b>input_image</b>) and constructs the real and imaginary Fourier
 (<b>input_image</b>) and constructs the real and imaginary Fourier
@@ -18,7 +17,6 @@ color table is assigned to the resultant map layer.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The current geographic region and mask settings are respected when
 The current geographic region and mask settings are respected when
 reading the input file. The presence of nulls or a mask will make the
 reading the input file. The presence of nulls or a mask will make the
 resulting fast Fourier transform invalid.
 resulting fast Fourier transform invalid.
@@ -49,16 +47,14 @@ dimensions, of both real and complex data, and of arbitrary input size.
 <li> John A. Richards, 1986. Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis, Springer-Verlag.
 <li> John A. Richards, 1986. Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis, Springer-Verlag.
 </ul>
 </ul>
 
 
-<P>
-Personal communication, between progam author and Ali R. Vali,
-Space Research Center, <A HREF="http://www.utexas.edu">University of Texas</A>, Austin, 1990.
+<p>Personal communication, between progam author and Ali R. Vali,
+Space Research Center, <A HREF="http://www.utexas.edu">University of Texas</a>, Austin, 1990.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="i.ifft.html">i.ifft</A></em><br>
-<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="i.ifft.html">i.ifft</a></em><br>
+<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 15 - 26
imagery/i.gensig/i.gensig.html

@@ -1,14 +1,13 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.gensig</em>
 <em>i.gensig</em>
 is a non-interactive method for generating input into 
 is a non-interactive method for generating input into 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>.
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>.
 It can be used as the first pass in the GRASS two-pass 
 It can be used as the first pass in the GRASS two-pass 
 classification process (instead of 
 classification process (instead of 
-<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>
  or 
  or 
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em>).
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em>).
 
 
 It reads a raster map layer, called the training map, which
 It reads a raster map layer, called the training map, which
 has some of the pixels or regions already classified.
 has some of the pixels or regions already classified.
@@ -16,19 +15,18 @@ has some of the pixels or regions already classified.
 from an image based on the classification of the pixels in
 from an image based on the classification of the pixels in
 the training map and make these signatures available to
 the training map and make these signatures available to
 
 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>.
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The user would then execute the GRASS program 
 The user would then execute the GRASS program 
-<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a></em>
 to actually create the final classified map.
 to actually create the final classified map.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters</H3>
+<h3>Parameters</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -37,7 +35,6 @@ to actually create the final classified map.
 <dd>ground truth training map
 <dd>ground truth training map
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This map must be prepared by the user in advance using vector or
 This map must be prepared by the user in advance using vector or
 raster digitizer. Of course other methods could be devised by the user
 raster digitizer. Of course other methods could be devised by the user
 for creating this training map - <em>i.gensig</em> makes no assumption
 for creating this training map - <em>i.gensig</em> makes no assumption
@@ -50,25 +47,22 @@ the classes defined in the training map for the image to be classified
 <dd>imagery group
 <dd>imagery group
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This is the name of the group that contains the band files
 This is the name of the group that contains the band files
 which comprise the image to be analyzed. The <em>
 which comprise the image to be analyzed. The <em>
-<a href="i.group.html">i.group</A> </em> command is
+<a href="i.group.html">i.group</a> </em> command is
 used to construct groups of raster layers which comprise an
 used to construct groups of raster layers which comprise an
 image.
 image.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<dt><A NAME="subgroup"></A><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em>
+<dt><A NAME="subgroup"></a><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em>
 
 
 <dd>subgroup containing image files
 <dd>subgroup containing image files
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This names the subgroup within the group that selects a
 This names the subgroup within the group that selects a
 subset of the bands to be analyzed. The <em>
 subset of the bands to be analyzed. The <em>
-<a href="i.group.html">i.group</A> </em> command is
+<a href="i.group.html">i.group</a> </em> command is
 also used to prepare this subgroup.  The subgroup mechanism
 also used to prepare this subgroup.  The subgroup mechanism
 allows the user to select a subset of all the band files
 allows the user to select a subset of all the band files
 that form an image.
 that form an image.
@@ -79,11 +73,10 @@ that form an image.
 <dd>resultant signature file
 <dd>resultant signature file
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This is the resultant signature file (containing the means
 This is the resultant signature file (containing the means
 and covariance matrices) for each class in the training map
 and covariance matrices) for each class in the training map
 that is associated with the band files in the subgroup
 that is associated with the band files in the subgroup
-select (see <a href="#subgroup">above</A>).
+select (see <a href="#subgroup">above</a>).
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
@@ -95,7 +88,6 @@ will interactively prompt for the names of these maps and files.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 It should be noted that interactive mode here only means
 It should be noted that interactive mode here only means
 interactive prompting for maps and files.
 interactive prompting for maps and files.
 It does not mean visualization of the signatures that
 It does not mean visualization of the signatures that
@@ -104,26 +96,23 @@ result from the process.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 for creating groups and subgroups.
 for creating groups and subgroups.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</A></em>
+<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</a></em>
 and
 and
-<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</A></em>
+<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</a></em>
 for interactively  creating the training map.
 for interactively  creating the training map.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>
 for unsupervised clustering as an alternative to 
 for unsupervised clustering as an alternative to 
 <em>i.gensig</em> to create signatures.
 <em>i.gensig</em> to create signatures.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em>
 for a graphic/interactive as an alternative to 
 for a graphic/interactive as an alternative to 
 <em>i.gensig</em> to create signatures.
 <em>i.gensig</em> to create signatures.
 
 

+ 23 - 41
imagery/i.gensigset/i.gensigset.html

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.gensigset</em>
 <em>i.gensigset</em>
 is a non-interactive method for generating input into
 is a non-interactive method for generating input into
 
 
-<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</A>.</em>
+<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</a>.</em>
 
 
 It is used as the first pass in the a two-pass
 It is used as the first pass in the a two-pass
 classification process.  It reads a raster map layer,
 classification process.  It reads a raster map layer,
@@ -14,18 +13,17 @@ extract spectral signatures from an image based on the
 classification of the pixels in the training map and make
 classification of the pixels in the training map and make
 these signatures available to
 these signatures available to
 
 
-<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</A>.</em>
+<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</a>.</em>
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The user would then execute the GRASS program <em>
 The user would then execute the GRASS program <em>
-<a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</A></em> to create the
+<a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</a></em> to create the
 final classified map.
 final classified map.
 
 
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters</H3>
+<h3>Parameters</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -35,7 +33,6 @@ final classified map.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This raster layer, supplied as input by the user, has some
 This raster layer, supplied as input by the user, has some
 of its pixels already classified, and the rest (probably
 of its pixels already classified, and the rest (probably
 most) of the pixels unclassified.  Classified means that
 most) of the pixels unclassified.  Classified means that
@@ -43,25 +40,23 @@ the pixel has a non-zero value and unclassified means that
 the pixel has a zero value.
 the pixel has a zero value.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This map must be prepared by the user in advance.
 This map must be prepared by the user in advance.
 The user must use
 The user must use
 
 
-<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</A></em>,
+<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</a></em>,
 
 
 a combination of
 a combination of
-<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</A></em>
+<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</a></em>
 and 
 and 
-<em><a href="v.to.rast.html">v.to.rast</A></em>,
+<em><a href="v.to.rast.html">v.to.rast</a></em>,
 or some other import/developement process (e.g.,
 or some other import/developement process (e.g.,
-<em><a href="v.in.transects.html">v.in.transects</A>)</em>
+<em><a href="v.in.transects.html">v.in.transects</a>)</em>
 to define the areas
 to define the areas
 representative
 representative
 of the classes in the image.
 of the classes in the image.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 At present, there is no fully-interactive tool specifically
 At present, there is no fully-interactive tool specifically
 designed for producing this layer.
 designed for producing this layer.
 
 
@@ -70,28 +65,25 @@ designed for producing this layer.
 <dd>imagery group
 <dd>imagery group
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This is the name of the group that contains the band files
 This is the name of the group that contains the band files
 which comprise the image to be analyzed. The
 which comprise the image to be analyzed. The
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 
 
 command is used to construct groups of raster layers which
 command is used to construct groups of raster layers which
 comprise an image.
 comprise an image.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <dt><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em> 
 <dt><b>subgroup=</b><em>name</em> 
 
 
 <dd>subgroup containing image files
 <dd>subgroup containing image files
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This names the subgroup within the group that selects a
 This names the subgroup within the group that selects a
 subset of the bands to be analyzed. The
 subset of the bands to be analyzed. The
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 
 
 command is also used to prepare this subgroup.  The
 command is also used to prepare this subgroup.  The
 subgroup mechanism allows the user to select a subset of
 subgroup mechanism allows the user to select a subset of
@@ -103,7 +95,6 @@ all the band files that form an image.
 <dd>resultant signature file
 <dd>resultant signature file
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This is the resultant signature file (containing the means
 This is the resultant signature file (containing the means
 and covariance matrices) for each class in the training map
 and covariance matrices) for each class in the training map
 that is associated with the band files in the subgroup
 that is associated with the band files in the subgroup
@@ -111,7 +102,6 @@ selected.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
 <dt><b>maxsig=</b><em>value</em> 
 <dt><b>maxsig=</b><em>value</em> 
 
 
 <dd>maximum number of sub-signatures in any class
 <dd>maximum number of sub-signatures in any class
@@ -121,9 +111,8 @@ selected.
 default: 10
 default: 10
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The spectral signatures which are produced by this program
 The spectral signatures which are produced by this program
-are "mixed" signatures (see <a href="#notes">NOTES</A>).
+are "mixed" signatures (see <a href="#notes">NOTES</a>).
 Each signature contains one or more subsignatures
 Each signature contains one or more subsignatures
 (represeting subclasses).  The algorithm in this program
 (represeting subclasses).  The algorithm in this program
 starts with a maximum number of subclasses and reduces this
 starts with a maximum number of subclasses and reduces this
@@ -141,7 +130,6 @@ If none of the arguments are specified on the command line,
 names of these maps and files.
 names of these maps and files.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 It should be noted that interactive mode here only means
 It should be noted that interactive mode here only means
 interactive prompting for maps and files.  It does not mean
 interactive prompting for maps and files.  It does not mean
 visualization of the signatures that result from the
 visualization of the signatures that result from the
@@ -149,8 +137,7 @@ process.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
 
 
-
-<A NAME="notes"></A><h2>NOTES</h2>
+<A NAME="notes"></a><h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
 The algorithm in <em>i.gensigset</em> determines the
 The algorithm in <em>i.gensigset</em> determines the
 parameters of a spectral class model known as a Gaussian
 parameters of a spectral class model known as a Gaussian
@@ -162,7 +149,6 @@ be used for subsequent segmentation (i.e., classification)
 of the multispectral image.
 of the multispectral image.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The Gaussian mixture class is a useful model because it can
 The Gaussian mixture class is a useful model because it can
 be used to describe the behavior of an information class
 be used to describe the behavior of an information class
 which contains pixels with a variety of distinct spectral
 which contains pixels with a variety of distinct spectral
@@ -176,7 +162,6 @@ with its own spectral behavior.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The objective of mixture classes is to improve segmentation
 The objective of mixture classes is to improve segmentation
 performance by modeling each information class as a
 performance by modeling each information class as a
 probabilistic mixture with a variety of subclasses.  The
 probabilistic mixture with a variety of subclasses.  The
@@ -190,61 +175,58 @@ training data.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This clustering algorithm estimates both the number of
 This clustering algorithm estimates both the number of
 distinct subclasses in each class, and the spectral mean
 distinct subclasses in each class, and the spectral mean
 and covariance for each subclass.  The number of subclasses
 and covariance for each subclass.  The number of subclasses
 is estimated using Rissanen's minimum description length
 is estimated using Rissanen's minimum description length
 (MDL) criteria 
 (MDL) criteria 
-[<a href="#rissanen83">1</A>].  
+[<a href="#rissanen83">1</a>].  
 This criteria attempts to determine
 This criteria attempts to determine
 the number of subclasses which "best" describe the data.
 the number of subclasses which "best" describe the data.
 The approximate maximum likelihood estimates of the mean
 The approximate maximum likelihood estimates of the mean
 and covariance of the subclasses are computed using the
 and covariance of the subclasses are computed using the
 expectation maximization (EM) algorithm 
 expectation maximization (EM) algorithm 
-[<a href="#dempster77">2</A>,<a href="#redner84">3</A>].  
+[<a href="#dempster77">2</a>,<a href="#redner84">3</a>].  
 
 
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 
 
-<OL>
+<ol>
 
 
-<LI><A NAME="rissanen83">J. Rissanen,</A>
+<li><A NAME="rissanen83">J. Rissanen,</a>
 "A Universal Prior for Integers and Estimation by Minimum
 "A Universal Prior for Integers and Estimation by Minimum
 Description Length,"
 Description Length,"
 <em>Annals of Statistics,</em>
 <em>Annals of Statistics,</em>
 vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 417-431, 1983.
 vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 417-431, 1983.
 
 
 
 
-<LI><A NAME="dempster77">A. Dempster, N. Laird and D. Rubin,</A>
+<li><A NAME="dempster77">A. Dempster, N. Laird and D. Rubin,</a>
 "Maximum Likelihood from Incomplete Data via the EM Algorithm,"
 "Maximum Likelihood from Incomplete Data via the EM Algorithm,"
 <em>J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B,</em>
 <em>J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B,</em>
 vol. 39, no. 1, pp. 1-38, 1977.
 vol. 39, no. 1, pp. 1-38, 1977.
 
 
-<LI><A NAME="redner84">E. Redner and H. Walker,</A>
+<li><A NAME="redner84">E. Redner and H. Walker,</a>
 "Mixture Densities, Maximum Likelihood and the EM Algorithm,"
 "Mixture Densities, Maximum Likelihood and the EM Algorithm,"
 <em>SIAM Review,</em>
 <em>SIAM Review,</em>
 vol. 26, no. 2, April 1984.
 vol. 26, no. 2, April 1984.
 
 
-</OL>
+</ol>
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 for creating groups and subgroups
 for creating groups and subgroups
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</A></em>
+<em><a href="wxGUI.Vector_Digitizing_Tool.html">wxGUI vector digitizer</a></em>
 and
 and
-<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</A></em>
+<em><a href="r.digit.html">r.digit</a></em>
 for interactively creating the training map.
 for interactively creating the training map.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.smap.html">i.smap</a></em>
 for creating a final classification layer from the signatures
 for creating a final classification layer from the signatures
 generated by <em>i.gensigset.</em>
 generated by <em>i.gensigset.</em>
 
 

+ 3 - 6
imagery/i.group/i.group.html

@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ and imagery subgroup whose data are to be analyzed.
 The <em>i.group</em> options are only available for 
 The <em>i.group</em> options are only available for 
 imagery map layers in the current LOCATION_NAME.
 imagery map layers in the current LOCATION_NAME.
 
 
-<p>
-Subgroup names may not contain more than 12 characters.
+<p>Subgroup names may not contain more than 12 characters.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
@@ -30,8 +29,7 @@ The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 Processing manual</a></em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>
+<p><em>
 <a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a>,
 <a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a>,
 <a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a>,
 <a href="i.maxlik.html">i.maxlik</a>,
 <a href="i.points.html">i.points</a>,
 <a href="i.points.html">i.points</a>,
@@ -48,5 +46,4 @@ Research Laboratory
 <br>
 <br>
 Parser support: Bob Covill (Tekmap, Canada)
 Parser support: Bob Covill (Tekmap, Canada)
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 2 - 4
imagery/i.his.rgb/i.his.rgb.html

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.his.rgb</em> is an image processing program that
 <em>i.his.rgb</em> is an image processing program that
 processes three input raster map layers as hue, intensity
 processes three input raster map layers as hue, intensity
 and saturation components and produces three output raster
 and saturation components and produces three output raster
@@ -17,7 +16,7 @@ It is not possible to process three bands with
 <em>i.his.rgb</em> and then exactly recover the original
 <em>i.his.rgb</em> and then exactly recover the original
 bands with
 bands with
 
 
-<em><a href="i.rgb.his.html">i.rgb.his</A></em>.  
+<em><a href="i.rgb.his.html">i.rgb.his</a></em>.  
 
 
 This is due to loss of precision because of integer
 This is due to loss of precision because of integer
 computations and rounding.  Tests have shown that more than
 computations and rounding.  Tests have shown that more than
@@ -28,7 +27,7 @@ significantly from their original values.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</A></em>
+<em><a href="r.colors.html">r.colors</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
@@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ David Satnik, GIS Laboratory,
 Central Washington University
 Central Washington University
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 with acknowledgements to Ali Vali, Univ. of Texas Space Research
 with acknowledgements to Ali Vali, Univ. of Texas Space Research
 Center, for the core routine.
 Center, for the core routine.
 
 

+ 7 - 11
imagery/i.ifft/i.ifft.html

@@ -1,10 +1,9 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.ifft</em> is an image processing program based on the algorithm given
 <em>i.ifft</em> is an image processing program based on the algorithm given
 by Frigo et al. (1998), that converts real and imaginary frequency space
 by Frigo et al. (1998), that converts real and imaginary frequency space
 images (produced by
 images (produced by
-<em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</A></em>) into a normal image.
+<em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</a></em>) into a normal image.
 
 
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
@@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ masks while viewing the real or imaginary component image. Alternatively
 specifying the DC point as circle/ring center.
 specifying the DC point as circle/ring center.
 When <em>i.ifft</em> is executed, it (automatically) uses the same GRASS
 When <em>i.ifft</em> is executed, it (automatically) uses the same GRASS
 region definition setting that was used during the original transformation
 region definition setting that was used during the original transformation
-done with <em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</A></em>.
+done with <em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</a></em>.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
@@ -28,24 +27,21 @@ for computing the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) in one or more
 dimensions, of both real and complex data, and of arbitrary input size.
 dimensions, of both real and complex data, and of arbitrary input size.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <b>Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis</b>,
 <b>Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis</b>,
 by John A. Richards,
 by John A. Richards,
 Springer-Verlag, 1986.
 Springer-Verlag, 1986.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Personal communication,
 Personal communication,
 between program author and Ali R. Vali, Space Research Center,
 between program author and Ali R. Vali, Space Research Center,
 University of Texas, Austin, 1990.
 University of Texas, Austin, 1990.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</A></em>, 
-<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</A></em>, 
-<em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</A></em>, 
-<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</A></em>, 
-<em><a href="r.circle.html">r.circle</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</a></em>, 
+<em><a href="i.class.html">i.class</a></em>, 
+<em><a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</a></em>, 
+<em><a href="i.pca.html">i.pca</a></em>, 
+<em><a href="r.circle.html">r.circle</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 2 - 4
imagery/i.landsat.acca/i.landsat.acca.html

@@ -8,8 +8,7 @@ ETM+) which have already been processed from DN into reflectance and
 band-6 temperature
 band-6 temperature
 with <em><a href="i.landsat.toar.html">i.landsat.toar</a></em>).
 with <em><a href="i.landsat.toar.html">i.landsat.toar</a></em>).
 
 
-<p>
-The ACCA algorithm gives good results over most of the planet with the
+<p>The ACCA algorithm gives good results over most of the planet with the
 exception of ice sheets because ACCA operates on the premise that
 exception of ice sheets because ACCA operates on the premise that
 clouds are colder than the land surface they cover. The algorithm was
 clouds are colder than the land surface they cover. The algorithm was
 designed for Landsat-7 ETM+ but because reflectance is used it is also
 designed for Landsat-7 ETM+ but because reflectance is used it is also
@@ -57,5 +56,4 @@ named <tt>226_62.acca</tt>:
 
 
 E. Jorge Tizado  (ej.tizado unileon es), Dept. Biodiversity and Environmental Management, University of León, Spain
 E. Jorge Tizado  (ej.tizado unileon es), Dept. Biodiversity and Environmental Management, University of León, Spain
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 9 - 18
imagery/i.landsat.toar/i.landsat.toar.html

@@ -6,20 +6,17 @@ top-of-atmosphere reflectance and temperature (band 6 of the sensors
 TM and ETM+). Optionally, it can be used to calculate the at-surface
 TM and ETM+). Optionally, it can be used to calculate the at-surface
 radiance or reflectance with atmospheric correction (DOS method).
 radiance or reflectance with atmospheric correction (DOS method).
 
 
-<p>
-Usually, to do so the production date, the acquisition date, and the
+<p>Usually, to do so the production date, the acquisition date, and the
 solar elevation is needed. Moreover, for Landsat-7 ETM+ it is also
 solar elevation is needed. Moreover, for Landsat-7 ETM+ it is also
 needed the gain (high or low) of the nine respective bands.
 needed the gain (high or low) of the nine respective bands.
 
 
-<p>
-Optionally, the data can be read from header file (.met) for all
+<p>Optionally, the data can be read from header file (.met) for all
 Landsat MSS, TM and ETM+. However, if the solar elevation or the
 Landsat MSS, TM and ETM+. However, if the solar elevation or the
 product creation date are given the values of the metfile are
 product creation date are given the values of the metfile are
 overwriten. This is necessary when the data in the metfile is
 overwriten. This is necessary when the data in the metfile is
 incorrect or not accurate.
 incorrect or not accurate.
 
 
-<p>
-<b>Attention</b>: Any null value or smaller than QCALmin in the input
+<p><b>Attention</b>: Any null value or smaller than QCALmin in the input
 raster is set to null in the output raster and it is not included in
 raster is set to null in the output raster and it is not included in
 the equations.
 the equations.
 
 
@@ -33,8 +30,7 @@ reflectance. The thermal band is first converted from QCAL to
 at-sensor radiance, and then to effective at-sensor temperature in
 at-sensor radiance, and then to effective at-sensor temperature in
 Kelvin degrees.
 Kelvin degrees.
 
 
-<p>
-Radiometric calibration converts QCAL to <b>at-sensor radiance</b>, a
+<p>Radiometric calibration converts QCAL to <b>at-sensor radiance</b>, a
 radiometric quantity measured in W/(m&sup2; * sr * &micro;m) using the
 radiometric quantity measured in W/(m&sup2; * sr * &micro;m) using the
 equations:
 equations:
 <ul>
 <ul>
@@ -47,8 +43,7 @@ where, <em>Lmax</em> and <em>Lmin</em> are the calibration constants,
 and <em>QCALmax</em> and <em>QCALmin</em> are the highest and the
 and <em>QCALmax</em> and <em>QCALmin</em> are the highest and the
 lowest points of the range of rescaled radiance in QCAL.
 lowest points of the range of rescaled radiance in QCAL.
 
 
-<p>
-Then, to calculate <b>at-sensor reflectance</b> the equations are:
+<p>Then, to calculate <b>at-sensor reflectance</b> the equations are:
 
 
 <ul>
 <ul>
   <li> sun_radiance = [Esun * sin(e)] / (PI * d^2)</li>
   <li> sun_radiance = [Esun * sin(e)] / (PI * d^2)</li>
@@ -73,8 +68,7 @@ bands):
   <li> reflectance = radiance / sun_radiance </li>
   <li> reflectance = radiance / sun_radiance </li>
 </ul>
 </ul>
 
 
-<p>
-<b>Note</b>: Other possibility to avoid negative values is set to zero
+<p><b>Note</b>: Other possibility to avoid negative values is set to zero
 this values (radiance and/or reflectance), but this option is ease
 this values (radiance and/or reflectance), but this option is ease
 with uncorrected method
 with uncorrected method
 and <em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em>.
 and <em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em>.
@@ -126,14 +120,12 @@ negative value.
 In verbose mode (flag <b>--verbose</b>), the program write basic
 In verbose mode (flag <b>--verbose</b>), the program write basic
 satellite data and the parameters used in the transformations.
 satellite data and the parameters used in the transformations.
 
 
-<p>
-In L5_MTL mode (flag <b>-t</b>), the Landsat 5TM imagery that has a
+<p>In L5_MTL mode (flag <b>-t</b>), the Landsat 5TM imagery that has a
 _MTL.txt metadata file can be processed. Landsat 7 ETM+ does not need
 _MTL.txt metadata file can be processed. Landsat 7 ETM+ does not need
 a flag since .met and _MTL.txt are sufficient compatible for this
 a flag since .met and _MTL.txt are sufficient compatible for this
 sensor.
 sensor.
 
 
-<p>
-Production date is not an exact value but it is necessary to apply
+<p>Production date is not an exact value but it is necessary to apply
 correct calibration constants, which were changed in the dates:
 correct calibration constants, which were changed in the dates:
 <ul>
 <ul>
   <li>Landsat-1 MSS: never </li>
   <li>Landsat-1 MSS: never </li>
@@ -218,5 +210,4 @@ i.landsat.toar input_prefix=L5121060_06020060714. \
 E. Jorge Tizado  (ej.tizado unileon es), Dept. Biodiversity and Environmental Management,
 E. Jorge Tizado  (ej.tizado unileon es), Dept. Biodiversity and Environmental Management,
 University of Le&oacute;n, Spain
 University of Le&oacute;n, Spain
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 2 - 3
imagery/i.latlong/i.latlong.html

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ This is an input to <em>r.sun</em> and <em>i.evapo.potrad</em>.
 
 
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
-The PROJ.4 <a href="http://trac.osgeo.org/proj/">website</A>.
+The PROJ.4 <a href="http://trac.osgeo.org/proj/">website</a>.
 
 
 <h2>TODO</h2>
 <h2>TODO</h2>
 Datum transform is not implemented, the same datum is taken as output.
 Datum transform is not implemented, the same datum is taken as output.
@@ -22,5 +22,4 @@ Datum transform is not implemented, the same datum is taken as output.
 
 
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 Yann Chemin, International Rice Research Institute, The Philippines
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 9 - 17
imagery/i.maxlik/i.maxlik.html

@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@ analysis classifier.  It can be used to perform the second
 step in either an unsupervised or a supervised image
 step in either an unsupervised or a supervised image
 classification.
 classification.
 
 
-<p>
-Either image classification methods are performed in two
+<p>Either image classification methods are performed in two
 steps.  The first step in an unsupervised image
 steps.  The first step in an unsupervised image
 classification is performed by
 classification is performed by
 <em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>; the
 <em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>; the
@@ -16,8 +15,7 @@ the GRASS program <em>
 the second step in the image classification procedure is
 the second step in the image classification procedure is
 performed by <em>i.maxlik</em>.
 performed by <em>i.maxlik</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-In an unsupervised classification, the maximum-likelihood
+<p>In an unsupervised classification, the maximum-likelihood
 classifier uses the cluster means and covariance matrices
 classifier uses the cluster means and covariance matrices
 from the <em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>
 from the <em><a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a></em>
 signature file to determine to which category (spectral
 signature file to determine to which category (spectral
@@ -31,15 +29,13 @@ generated by <em>
 to which category each cell in the image has the highest
 to which category each cell in the image has the highest
 probability of belonging.
 probability of belonging.
 
 
-<p>
-In either case, the raster map layer output by
+<p>In either case, the raster map layer output by
 <em>i.maxlik</em> is a classified image in which each cell
 <em>i.maxlik</em> is a classified image in which each cell
 has been assigned to a spectral class (i.e., a category).
 has been assigned to a spectral class (i.e., a category).
 The spectral classes (categories) can be related to
 The spectral classes (categories) can be related to
 specific land cover types on the ground.
 specific land cover types on the ground.
 
 
-<p>
-The program will run non-interactively if the user
+<p>The program will run non-interactively if the user
 specifies the names of raster map layers, i.e., group and
 specifies the names of raster map layers, i.e., group and
 subgroup names, seed signature file name, result
 subgroup names, seed signature file name, result
 classification file name, and any combination of
 classification file name, and any combination of
@@ -56,7 +52,6 @@ non-required options in the command line, using the form
 where each flag and options have the meanings stated below.
 where each flag and options have the meanings stated below.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Alternatively, the user can simply type <em>i.maxlik</em>
 Alternatively, the user can simply type <em>i.maxlik</em>
 in the command line without program arguments. In this case
 in the command line without program arguments. In this case
 the user will be prompted for the program parameter
 the user will be prompted for the program parameter
@@ -66,7 +61,7 @@ settings; the program will run foreground.
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
 
 
-<H3>Flags:</H3>
+<h3>Flags:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -76,7 +71,7 @@ settings; the program will run foreground.
 
 
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -145,8 +140,7 @@ If this occurs,
 <em>i.maxlik</em>
 <em>i.maxlik</em>
 will reject them and display a warning message.
 will reject them and display a warning message.
 
 
-<p>
-This program runs interactively if the user types
+<p>This program runs interactively if the user types
 <em>i.maxlik</em> only. If the user types <em>i.maxlik</em>
 <em>i.maxlik</em> only. If the user types <em>i.maxlik</em>
 along with all required options, it will overwrite the
 along with all required options, it will overwrite the
 classified raster map without prompting if this map
 classified raster map without prompting if this map
@@ -159,8 +153,7 @@ The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 Processing manual</a></em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>
+<p><em>
 <a href="i.class.html">i.class</a>,
 <a href="i.class.html">i.class</a>,
 <a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a>,
 <a href="i.cluster.html">i.cluster</a>,
 <a href="i.gensig.html">i.gensig</a>,
 <a href="i.gensig.html">i.gensig</a>,
@@ -178,5 +171,4 @@ Tao Wen,
 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
 Illinois
 Illinois
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
imagery/i.modis.qc/i.modis.qc.html

@@ -417,5 +417,4 @@ Add one Day products.
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 Yann Chemin
 Yann Chemin
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 12 - 19
imagery/i.pca/i.pca.html

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.pca</em> is an image processing program based on the
 <em>i.pca</em> is an image processing program based on the
 algorithm provided by Vali (1990), that processes n
 algorithm provided by Vali (1990), that processes n
 (n&nbsp;&gt;=&nbsp;2) input raster map layers and produces n output
 (n&nbsp;&gt;=&nbsp;2) input raster map layers and produces n output
@@ -15,7 +14,7 @@ min,max range.
 
 
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>input=</b><em>name,name</em>[<em>,name,name</em>,...] 
 <dt><b>input=</b><em>name,name</em>[<em>,name,name</em>,...] 
 <dd>Name of two or more input raster map layers.
 <dd>Name of two or more input raster map layers.
@@ -47,8 +46,7 @@ units, e.g. represent different environmental parameters.
 Richards (1986) gives a good example of the application of principal
 Richards (1986) gives a good example of the application of principal
 components analysis (pca) to a time series of LANDSAT images of a burned
 components analysis (pca) to a time series of LANDSAT images of a burned
 region in Australia.
 region in Australia.
-<p>
-Eigenvalue and eigenvector information is stored in the output maps'
+<p>Eigenvalue and eigenvector information is stored in the output maps'
 history files. View with <em>r.info</em>.
 history files. View with <em>r.info</em>.
 
 
 
 
@@ -74,37 +72,32 @@ Richards, John A.,
 Springer-Verlag, 1986.
 Springer-Verlag, 1986.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 Vali, Ali R.,
 Vali, Ali R.,
 Personal communication,
 Personal communication,
 Space Research Center, 
 Space Research Center, 
 University of Texas, Austin, 1990.
 University of Texas, Austin, 1990.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>
 <em>
-<a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</A><br>
-<a href="i.class.html">i.class</A><br>
-<a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</A><br>
-<a href="i.ifft.html">i.ifft</A><br>
-<a href="m.eigensystem.html">m.eigensystem</A><br>
-<a href="r.covar.html">r.covar</A><br>
-<a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</A>
+<a href="i.cca.html">i.cca</a><br>
+<a href="i.class.html">i.class</a><br>
+<a href="i.fft.html">i.fft</a><br>
+<a href="i.ifft.html">i.ifft</a><br>
+<a href="m.eigensystem.html">m.eigensystem</a><br>
+<a href="r.covar.html">r.covar</a><br>
+<a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a>
 </em>
 </em>
 
 
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 David Satnik, GIS Laboratory
 David Satnik, GIS Laboratory
-<p>
-Major modifications for GRASS 4.1 were made by <br>
+<p>Major modifications for GRASS 4.1 were made by <br>
 Olga Waupotitsch and
 Olga Waupotitsch and
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering 
 Research Laboratory
 Research Laboratory
-<p>
-Rewritten for GRASS 6.x and major modifications by <br>
+<p>Rewritten for GRASS 6.x and major modifications by <br>
 Brad Douglas
 Brad Douglas
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 34 - 48
imagery/i.points/i.points.html

@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
 <em>i.points</em> is an
 <em>i.points</em> is an
-<a href="imagery.html">imagery</A> function that enables
+<a href="imagery.html">imagery</a> function that enables
 the user to mark points on a (raster) image to be rectified
 the user to mark points on a (raster) image to be rectified
 and then input the geographic coordinates of each point for
 and then input the geographic coordinates of each point for
 calculation of a coordinate transformation matrix.
 calculation of a coordinate transformation matrix.
 <em>i.points</em> must be followed by use of the GRASS
 <em>i.points</em> must be followed by use of the GRASS
-program <em><a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</A></em>, which
+program <em><a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</a></em>, which
 rectifies the image using the transformation matrix
 rectifies the image using the transformation matrix
 coefficients calculated by <em>i.points</em>.
 coefficients calculated by <em>i.points</em>.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>Rectification</em> is the mapping (transformation) of
 <em>Rectification</em> is the mapping (transformation) of
 an image from one coordinate system to another.  The
 an image from one coordinate system to another.  The
 geometry of an image extracted into a GRASS LOCATION having
 geometry of an image extracted into a GRASS LOCATION having
@@ -29,38 +28,33 @@ and standard) for the marked points.  A matrix containing
 transformation coefficients is the output file for
 transformation coefficients is the output file for
 <em>i.points</em>.
 <em>i.points</em>.
 
 
-<p>
-During the process of marking points and entering map
+<p>During the process of marking points and entering map
 coordinates, the user can compute the RMS (root mean
 coordinates, the user can compute the RMS (root mean
 square) error for each point entered.  <em>i.points</em>
 square) error for each point entered.  <em>i.points</em>
 does this by calculating the transformation equation (the
 does this by calculating the transformation equation (the
 same one that is calculated in the GRASS program <em>
 same one that is calculated in the GRASS program <em>
-<a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</A></em>), and then
+<a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</a></em>), and then
 plugging these results into an equation for RMS error.
 plugging these results into an equation for RMS error.
 
 
-<p>
-<em>i.points</em> offers a zoom option to locate precisely
+<p><em>i.points</em> offers a zoom option to locate precisely
 the point to be marked on an image.  This program also
 the point to be marked on an image.  This program also
 offers the user the option of acquiring standard
 offers the user the option of acquiring standard
 coordinates for a marked point from a map layer in the
 coordinates for a marked point from a map layer in the
 target data base.
 target data base.
 
 
-<p>
-<em><a href="i.target.html">i.target</A></em> must be
+<p><em><a href="i.target.html">i.target</a></em> must be
 run before running <em>i.points</em> to enable the PLOT
 run before running <em>i.points</em> to enable the PLOT
 RASTER option to be used and to identify a target data base
 RASTER option to be used and to identify a target data base
 LOCATION_NAME and MAPSET for the rectified image.  To run
 LOCATION_NAME and MAPSET for the rectified image.  To run
 <em>i.points</em>, a graphics monitor is required.
 <em>i.points</em>, a graphics monitor is required.
 
 
-<p>
-The procedure for marking points, entering coordinates, and
+<p>The procedure for marking points, entering coordinates, and
 calculating RMS error is described below.
 calculating RMS error is described below.
 
 
-<p>
-The first prompt in the program asks the user for the 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A> to be
+<p>The first prompt in the program asks the user for the 
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> to be
 registered.  Note that if 
 registered.  Note that if 
-<em><a href="i.target.html">i.target</A></em> is not run
+<em><a href="i.target.html">i.target</a></em> is not run
 before <em>i.points</em>, the <em>i.points</em> program
 before <em>i.points</em>, the <em>i.points</em> program
 will display the following error message:
 will display the following error message:
 
 
@@ -126,28 +120,27 @@ left half of the screen:
 
 
 Any single raster map layer in the 
 Any single raster map layer in the 
 
 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A> may be used on
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> may be used on
 
 
 which to mark points, and the user can mark points on more
 which to mark points, and the user can mark points on more
 than one raster map layer in the 
 than one raster map layer in the 
 
 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A> to accumulate the
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> to accumulate the
 
 
 suggested minimum number of 12 points.  Any raster map
 suggested minimum number of 12 points.  Any raster map
-layer in the <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A>
+layer in the <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a>
 can be rectified (using 
 can be rectified (using 
 
 
-<em><a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</A></em>) based on the
+<em><a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</a></em>) based on the
 transformation matrix computed from these points.
 transformation matrix computed from these points.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The imagery file chosen by
 The imagery file chosen by
 the user is displayed in the upper left quadrant of the
 the user is displayed in the upper left quadrant of the
 screen.
 screen.
 
 
-<H3>ZOOM</H3>
+<h3>ZOOM</h3>
 
 
 To magnify the displayed file, the user must
 To magnify the displayed file, the user must
 place the mouse cross hairs on the word ZOOM.  The following menu
 place the mouse cross hairs on the word ZOOM.  The following menu
@@ -167,7 +160,7 @@ region.  The terminal screen will display a mouse button
 menu to guide the user in identifying the corner points of
 menu to guide the user in identifying the corner points of
 the region.
 the region.
 
 
-<H3>MARKING POINTS</H3>
+<h3>MARKING POINTS</h3>
 
 
 To mark the points on the image that correspond to the
 To mark the points on the image that correspond to the
 points on a standard coordinate system map, the user must
 points on a standard coordinate system map, the user must
@@ -199,7 +192,7 @@ wishes not to enter a coordinate, he or she may simply hit
 RETURN to return control to the mouse;  the marked point
 RETURN to return control to the mouse;  the marked point
 then disappears.
 then disappears.
 
 
-<H3>PLOT RASTER</H3>
+<h3>PLOT RASTER</h3>
 
 
 In addition to acquiring reference points from a standard
 In addition to acquiring reference points from a standard
 map, the user has the option of acquiring the reference
 map, the user has the option of acquiring the reference
@@ -268,7 +261,6 @@ left button on the mouse.
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If the user selects the SCREEN option, then points marked
 If the user selects the SCREEN option, then points marked
 on the image will automatically be associated with the
 on the image will automatically be associated with the
 coordinates from the corresponding points on the target
 coordinates from the corresponding points on the target
@@ -304,7 +296,7 @@ coordinates for the target data base map layer are
 automatically saved as the coordinates corresponding to the
 automatically saved as the coordinates corresponding to the
 marked point on the image.
 marked point on the image.
 
 
-<H3>ANALYZE</H3>
+<h3>ANALYZE</h3>
 
 
 After a number of points have been marked (4 to 7), the
 After a number of points have been marked (4 to 7), the
 user can check the RMS error of the points marked on the
 user can check the RMS error of the points marked on the
@@ -351,9 +343,8 @@ screen in meters.  Points that create high RMS error are
 displayed in red on the graphics monitor (represented here
 displayed in red on the graphics monitor (represented here
 in italics).
 in italics).
 
 
-<p>
-The location of the point marked on the 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A> file is given
+<p>The location of the point marked on the 
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> file is given
 under the heading "image" and the subheadings "east" and
 under the heading "image" and the subheadings "east" and
 "north".  The location of the point in the target data base
 "north".  The location of the point in the target data base
 is given under the heading "target" and the subheadings
 is given under the heading "target" and the subheadings
@@ -368,7 +359,7 @@ in the final transformation matrix.  However, it can be
 retrieved within <em>i.points</em> at any time by double
 retrieved within <em>i.points</em> at any time by double
 clicking with the mouse as described above.
 clicking with the mouse as described above.
 
 
-<H3>QUIT</H3>
+<h3>QUIT</h3>
 
 
 To end the <em>i.points</em> program place the mouse cross
 To end the <em>i.points</em> program place the mouse cross
 hairs on the word QUIT;  the marked points (including
 hairs on the word QUIT;  the marked points (including
@@ -379,39 +370,35 @@ coordinates) will be saved.
 
 
 A good rule of thumb is to mark at least 12 to 15 points
 A good rule of thumb is to mark at least 12 to 15 points
 which are evenly distributed over the entire 
 which are evenly distributed over the entire 
-<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</A> file in order to
+<a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> file in order to
 obtain an accurate transformation equation for the
 obtain an accurate transformation equation for the
 rectification process.  The RMS error may increase with
 rectification process.  The RMS error may increase with
 more points added, but the transformation equation will be
 more points added, but the transformation equation will be
 more accurate.
 more accurate.
 
 
-<p>
-An RMS error of less than or equal to approximately one
+<p>An RMS error of less than or equal to approximately one
 resolution unit (pixel or cell) for the image being
 resolution unit (pixel or cell) for the image being
 rectified is generally considered acceptable.
 rectified is generally considered acceptable.
 
 
-<p>
-In order to use a digitizer with <em>i.points</em>, at
+<p>In order to use a digitizer with <em>i.points</em>, at
 least one digitizer driver besides "none" (the on-screen
 least one digitizer driver besides "none" (the on-screen
 digitizer) must be available in the digitcap file.
 digitizer) must be available in the digitcap file.
 
 
-<p>
-This program is interactive.
+<p>This program is interactive.
 
 
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
 The GRASS 4 <em>
 The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
-Processing manual</A></em>
-
-<p>
-<em>
-<a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</A><br>
-<a href="i.group.html">i.group</A><br>
-<a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</A><br>
-<a href="i.target.html">i.target</A><br>
-<a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</A>
+Processing manual</a></em>
+
+<p><em>
+<a href="g.mapsets.html">g.mapsets</a><br>
+<a href="i.group.html">i.group</a><br>
+<a href="i.rectify.html">i.rectify</a><br>
+<a href="i.target.html">i.target</a><br>
+<a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</a>
 </em><br>
 </em><br>
 <em><a href="gm_georect.html">gis.m: GEORECTIFY TOOL</a></em>
 <em><a href="gm_georect.html">gis.m: GEORECTIFY TOOL</a></em>
 
 
@@ -420,5 +407,4 @@ Processing manual</A></em>
 
 
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
 U.S.Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 12 - 26
imagery/i.rectify/i.rectify.html

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.rectify</em> uses the control
 <em>i.rectify</em> uses the control
 points identified in 
 points identified in 
 <em><a href="i.points.html">i.points</a></em>
 <em><a href="i.points.html">i.points</a></em>
@@ -15,7 +14,6 @@ transformed coordinate system (i.e., a different coordinate
 system than before it was rectified).
 system than before it was rectified).
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em><a href="i.points.html">i.points</a></em>
 <em><a href="i.points.html">i.points</a></em>
 or
 or
 <em><a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</a></em>
 <em><a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</a></em>
@@ -37,8 +35,7 @@ rectified raster maps will be located in the target LOCATION when the
 program is completed. The original unrectified files are not modified
 program is completed. The original unrectified files are not modified
 or removed.
 or removed.
 
 
-<p>
-If the <b>-c</b> flag is used, <em>i.rectify</em> will only rectify that
+<p>If the <b>-c</b> flag is used, <em>i.rectify</em> will only rectify that
 portion of the image or raster map that occurs within the chosen window
 portion of the image or raster map that occurs within the chosen window
 region in the target location, and only that portion of the cell
 region in the target location, and only that portion of the cell
 file will be relocated in the target database. It is
 file will be relocated in the target database. It is
@@ -46,7 +43,6 @@ important therefore, to check the current mapset window in
 the target LOCATION if the <b>-c</b> flag is used.
 the target LOCATION if the <b>-c</b> flag is used.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 If you are rectifying a file with plans to patch it to
 If you are rectifying a file with plans to patch it to
 another file using the GRASS program <em>r.patch</em>,
 another file using the GRASS program <em>r.patch</em>,
 choose option number one, the current window in the target
 choose option number one, the current window in the target
@@ -63,8 +59,7 @@ patched, rectify all of the files using the same default
 window.
 window.
 
 
 <h3>Coordinate transformation</h3>
 <h3>Coordinate transformation</h3>
-<p>
-The desired order of transformation (1, 2, or 3) is selected with the
+<p>The desired order of transformation (1, 2, or 3) is selected with the
 <b>order</b> option.
 <b>order</b> option.
 
 
 The program will calculate the RMSE and check the required number of points.
 The program will calculate the RMSE and check the required number of points.
@@ -85,7 +80,7 @@ etc. It can be used if (1) you have geometrically correct
 images, and (2) the terrain or camera distortion effect can
 images, and (2) the terrain or camera distortion effect can
 be ignored.
 be ignored.
 
 
-<H4>Polynomial Transformation Matrix (2nd, 3d order transformation)</H4>
+<h4>Polynomial Transformation Matrix (2nd, 3d order transformation)</h4>
 
 
 <em>i.rectify</em> uses a first, second, or third order transformation
 <em>i.rectify</em> uses a first, second, or third order transformation
 matrix to calculate the registration coefficients. The number
 matrix to calculate the registration coefficients. The number
@@ -107,12 +102,10 @@ menu bar. The polynomial equations are performed using a
 modified Gaussian elimination method.
 modified Gaussian elimination method.
 
 
 <h3>Resampling method</h3>
 <h3>Resampling method</h3>
-<p>
-The rectified data is resampled with one of seven different methods: 
+<p>The rectified data is resampled with one of seven different methods: 
 <em>nearest</em>, <em>bilinear</em>, <em>cubic</em>, <em>lanczos</em>,
 <em>nearest</em>, <em>bilinear</em>, <em>cubic</em>, <em>lanczos</em>,
 <em>bilinear_f</em>, <em>cubic_f</em>, or <em>lanczos_f</em>.
 <em>bilinear_f</em>, <em>cubic_f</em>, or <em>lanczos_f</em>.
-<p>
-The <em>method=nearest</em> method, which performs a nearest neighbor assignment,
+<p>The <em>method=nearest</em> method, which performs a nearest neighbor assignment,
 is the fastest of the resampling methods. It is primarily used for
 is the fastest of the resampling methods. It is primarily used for
 categorical data such as a land use classification, since it will not change
 categorical data such as a land use classification, since it will not change
 the values of the data cells. The <em>method=bilinear</em> method determines the new
 the values of the data cells. The <em>method=bilinear</em> method determines the new
@@ -122,25 +115,21 @@ the cell based on a weighted distance average of the 16 surrounding cells in
 the input map.  The <em>method=lanczos</em> method determines the new value of
 the input map.  The <em>method=lanczos</em> method determines the new value of
 the cell based on a weighted distance average of the 25 surrounding cells in
 the cell based on a weighted distance average of the 25 surrounding cells in
 the input map.
 the input map.
-<p>
-The bilinear, cubic and lanczos interpolation methods are most appropriate for
+<p>The bilinear, cubic and lanczos interpolation methods are most appropriate for
 continuous data and cause some smoothing. These options should not be used
 continuous data and cause some smoothing. These options should not be used
 with categorical data, since the cell values will be altered.
 with categorical data, since the cell values will be altered.
-<p>
-In the bilinear, cubic and lanczos methods, if any of the surrounding cells used to
+<p>In the bilinear, cubic and lanczos methods, if any of the surrounding cells used to
 interpolate the new cell value are NULL, the resulting cell will be NULL, even if
 interpolate the new cell value are NULL, the resulting cell will be NULL, even if
 the nearest cell is not NULL. This will cause some thinning along NULL borders,
 the nearest cell is not NULL. This will cause some thinning along NULL borders,
 such as the coasts of land areas in a DEM. The bilinear_f, cubic_f and lanczos_f
 such as the coasts of land areas in a DEM. The bilinear_f, cubic_f and lanczos_f
 interpolation methods can be used if thinning along NULL edges is not desired.
 interpolation methods can be used if thinning along NULL edges is not desired.
 These methods "fall back" to simpler interpolation methods along NULL borders.
 These methods "fall back" to simpler interpolation methods along NULL borders.
 That is, from lanczos to cubic to bilinear to nearest.
 That is, from lanczos to cubic to bilinear to nearest.
-<p>
-If nearest neighbor assignment is used, the output map has the same raster
+<p>If nearest neighbor assignment is used, the output map has the same raster
 format as the input map. If any of the other interpolations is used, the
 format as the input map. If any of the other interpolations is used, the
 output map is written as floating point.
 output map is written as floating point.
 
 
-<p>
-<!--
+<p><!--
 Note: In interactive mode it is possible to define a new file name
 Note: In interactive mode it is possible to define a new file name
 for the target images. This is (currently) not provided in command line
 for the target images. This is (currently) not provided in command line
 mode.
 mode.
@@ -162,8 +151,7 @@ The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.osgeo.org/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 Processing manual</a></em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>
+<p><em>
   <a href="m.transform.html">m.transform</a>,
   <a href="m.transform.html">m.transform</a>,
   <a href="r.proj.html">r.proj</a>,
   <a href="r.proj.html">r.proj</a>,
   <a href="v.proj.html">v.proj</a>,
   <a href="v.proj.html">v.proj</a>,
@@ -182,13 +170,11 @@ William R. Enslin,
 Michigan State University,
 Michigan State University,
 Center for Remote Sensing
 Center for Remote Sensing
 
 
-<p>
-Modified for GRASS 5.0 by:<br>
+<p>Modified for GRASS 5.0 by:<br>
 Luca Palmeri (palmeri@ux1.unipd.it)<br>
 Luca Palmeri (palmeri@ux1.unipd.it)<br>
 Bill Hughes<br>
 Bill Hughes<br>
 Pierre de Mouveaux (pmx@audiovu.com)
 Pierre de Mouveaux (pmx@audiovu.com)
 <br>
 <br>
 CMD mode by Bob Covill
 CMD mode by Bob Covill
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 1 - 2
imagery/i.rgb.his/i.rgb.his.html

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 <h2>DESCRIPTION</h2>
 
 
-
 <em>i.rgb.his</em> is an image processing program that
 <em>i.rgb.his</em> is an image processing program that
 processes three input raster map layers as red, green, and
 processes three input raster map layers as red, green, and
 blue components and produces three output raster map layers
 blue components and produces three output raster map layers
@@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ respected.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="i.his.rgb.html">i.his.rgb</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.his.rgb.html">i.his.rgb</a></em>
 
 
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 

+ 13 - 23
imagery/i.smap/i.smap.html

@@ -10,26 +10,24 @@ multispectral images based on simple spectral mean and
 covariance parameters.
 covariance parameters.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 <em>i.smap</em> has two modes of operation.  The first mode
 <em>i.smap</em> has two modes of operation.  The first mode
 is the sequential maximum a posteriori (SMAP) mode
 is the sequential maximum a posteriori (SMAP) mode
-[<a href="#ref1">1</A>,<a href="#ref2">2</A>].  The SMAP
+[<a href="#ref1">1</a>,<a href="#ref2">2</a>].  The SMAP
 segmentation algorithm attempts to improve segmentation
 segmentation algorithm attempts to improve segmentation
 accuracy by segmenting the image into regions rather than
 accuracy by segmenting the image into regions rather than
 segmenting each pixel separately 
 segmenting each pixel separately 
-(see <a href="#notes">NOTES</A>).
+(see <a href="#notes">NOTES</a>).
 
 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The second mode is the more conventional maximum likelihood (ML)
 The second mode is the more conventional maximum likelihood (ML)
 classification which classifies each pixel separately,
 classification which classifies each pixel separately,
 but requires somewhat less computation. This mode is selected with
 but requires somewhat less computation. This mode is selected with
-the <b>-m</b> flag (see <a href="#mflag.html">below</A>).
+the <b>-m</b> flag (see <a href="#mflag.html">below</a>).
 
 
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 <h2>OPTIONS</h2>
 
 
-<H3>Flags:</H3>
+<h3>Flags:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 
 
@@ -37,7 +35,7 @@ the <b>-m</b> flag (see <a href="#mflag.html">below</A>).
 
 
 <dd>Use maximum likelihood estimation (instead of smap).
 <dd>Use maximum likelihood estimation (instead of smap).
 Normal operation is to use SMAP estimation (see
 Normal operation is to use SMAP estimation (see
-<a href="#notes">NOTES</A>).
+<a href="#notes">NOTES</a>).
 
 
 <dt><b>-q</b> 
 <dt><b>-q</b> 
 
 
@@ -48,7 +46,7 @@ stderr) as the program progresses.
 </dl>
 </dl>
 
 
 
 
-<H3>Parameters:</H3>
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
 
 
 <dl>
 <dl>
 <dt><b>group=</b><em>name</em> 
 <dt><b>group=</b><em>name</em> 
@@ -69,8 +67,8 @@ to be classified.
 The signature file that contains the spectral signatures (i.e., the
 The signature file that contains the spectral signatures (i.e., the
 statistics) for the classes to be identified in the image.
 statistics) for the classes to be identified in the image.
 This signature file is produced by the program
 This signature file is produced by the program
-<em><a href="i.gensigset.html">i.gensigset</A></em>
-(see <a href="#notes">NOTES</A>).
+<em><a href="i.gensigset.html">i.gensigset</a></em>
+(see <a href="#notes">NOTES</a>).
 
 
 <dt><b>blocksize=</b><em>value</em> 
 <dt><b>blocksize=</b><em>value</em> 
 
 
@@ -80,7 +78,6 @@ This option specifies the size of the "window" to be used when
 reading the image data. 
 reading the image data. 
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 This program was written to be nice about memory usage
 This program was written to be nice about memory usage
 without influencing the resultant classification. This
 without influencing the resultant classification. This
 option allows the user to control how much memory is used.
 option allows the user to control how much memory is used.
@@ -89,7 +86,6 @@ on how much real memory your machine has and how much
 virtual memory the program uses.
 virtual memory the program uses.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The size of the submatrix used in segmenting the image has
 The size of the submatrix used in segmenting the image has
 a principle function of controlling memory usage; however,
 a principle function of controlling memory usage; however,
 it also can have a subtle effect on the quality of the
 it also can have a subtle effect on the quality of the
@@ -103,7 +99,6 @@ parameters may be used for each distinctive region of the
 image.
 image.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The submatrix size has no effect on the performance of the
 The submatrix size has no effect on the performance of the
 ML segmentation method.
 ML segmentation method.
 
 
@@ -123,7 +118,7 @@ If none of the arguments are specified on the command line,
 <em>i.smap</em> will interactively prompt for the names of
 <em>i.smap</em> will interactively prompt for the names of
 the maps and files.
 the maps and files.
 
 
-<A NAME="notes"></A><h2>NOTES</h2>
+<A NAME="notes"></a><h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
 The SMAP algorithm exploits the fact that nearby pixels in
 The SMAP algorithm exploits the fact that nearby pixels in
 an image are likely to have the same class.  It works by
 an image are likely to have the same class.  It works by
@@ -135,7 +130,6 @@ segmentations with larger connected regions of a fixed
 class which may be useful in some applications.
 class which may be useful in some applications.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The amount of smoothing that is performed in the
 The amount of smoothing that is performed in the
 segmentation is dependent of the behavior of the data in
 segmentation is dependent of the behavior of the data in
 the image.  If the data suggests that the nearby pixels
 the image.  If the data suggests that the nearby pixels
@@ -144,12 +138,10 @@ reduce the amount of smoothing.  This ensures that
 excessively large regions are not formed.
 excessively large regions are not formed.
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
 The module i.smap does not support MASKed or NULL cells. Therefore 
 The module i.smap does not support MASKed or NULL cells. Therefore 
 it might be necessary to create a copy of the classification results 
 it might be necessary to create a copy of the classification results 
 using e.g. r.mapcalc. 
 using e.g. r.mapcalc. 
-<p>
-r.mapcalc  MASKed_map=classification results 
+<p>r.mapcalc  MASKed_map=classification results 
 
 
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 <h2>REFERENCES</h2>
 
 
@@ -171,17 +163,15 @@ pp. III-565 - III-568, San Francisco, California, March 23-26, 1992.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 
 
-<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.group.html">i.group</a></em>
 for creating groups and subgroups
 for creating groups and subgroups
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</A></em>
+<em><a href="r.mapcalc.html">r.mapcalc</a></em>
 to copy classification result in order to cut out MASKed subareas
 to copy classification result in order to cut out MASKed subareas
 
 
 <p>
 <p>
-
-<em><a href="i.gensigset.html">i.gensigset</A></em>
+<em><a href="i.gensigset.html">i.gensigset</a></em>
 to generate the signature file required by this program
 to generate the signature file required by this program
 
 
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>
 <h2>AUTHORS</h2>

+ 4 - 8
imagery/i.sunhours/i.sunhours.html

@@ -5,13 +5,11 @@ considers a perfect clear day. This method follows Iqbal (1983)
 as found in the AHAS manual (Parodi, 2000).
 as found in the AHAS manual (Parodi, 2000).
 
 
 <!--
 <!--
-<p>
-The day of year (1-365) raster map can be created with ...?
+<p>The day of year (1-365) raster map can be created with ...?
   why isn't this just a single integer value?
   why isn't this just a single integer value?
 -->
 -->
 
 
-<p>
-The latitude input map can be created with the <em>i.latlong</em>
+<p>The latitude input map can be created with the <em>i.latlong</em>
 module, or with <em>r.mapcalc</em>'s <tt>y()</tt> function in a
 module, or with <em>r.mapcalc</em>'s <tt>y()</tt> function in a
 latitude-longitude location (possibly reprojected with <em>r.proj</em>.
 latitude-longitude location (possibly reprojected with <em>r.proj</em>.
 
 
@@ -19,8 +17,7 @@ latitude-longitude location (possibly reprojected with <em>r.proj</em>.
 
 
 Iqbal, M., 1983. An Introduction to Solar Radiation. Iqbal, M.,
 Iqbal, M., 1983. An Introduction to Solar Radiation. Iqbal, M.,
  Editorial: Academic Press. Toronto, Canada.
  Editorial: Academic Press. Toronto, Canada.
-<p>
-Parodi, G., 2000. AVHRR Hydrological Analysis System. Algorithms
+<p>Parodi, G., 2000. AVHRR Hydrological Analysis System. Algorithms
  and Theory, Version 1.0. WRES - ITC, The Netherlands.
  and Theory, Version 1.0. WRES - ITC, The Netherlands.
 
 
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
 <h2>SEE ALSO</h2>
@@ -35,5 +32,4 @@ Parodi, G., 2000. AVHRR Hydrological Analysis System. Algorithms
 
 
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development Team
 Yann Chemin, GRASS Development Team
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 5 - 10
imagery/i.target/i.target.html

@@ -14,15 +14,13 @@ to write the rectified map just prior to completion of the program;
 
 
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 <h2>NOTES</h2>
 
 
-<p>
-The module's first option asks for the name of the
+<p>The module's first option asks for the name of the
 <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> that needs a target.
 <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> that needs a target.
 The imagery group must be present in the user's current mapset.
 The imagery group must be present in the user's current mapset.
 
 
 An <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> may be targeted to any GRASS
 An <a href="i.group.html">imagery group</a> may be targeted to any GRASS
 location.
 location.
-<p>
-If a group name is given without setting options, the currently targeted
+<p>If a group name is given without setting options, the currently targeted
 group will be displayed.
 group will be displayed.
 
 
 
 
@@ -32,8 +30,7 @@ The GRASS 4 <em>
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 <a href="http://grass.itc.it/gdp/imagery/grass4_image_processing.pdf">Image
 Processing manual</a></em>
 Processing manual</a></em>
 
 
-<p>
-<em>
+<p><em>
 <a href="i.group.html">i.group</a>,
 <a href="i.group.html">i.group</a>,
 <a href="i.points.html">i.points</a>,
 <a href="i.points.html">i.points</a>,
 <a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</a>,
 <a href="i.vpoints.html">i.vpoints</a>,
@@ -45,8 +42,6 @@ Processing manual</a></em>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 <h2>AUTHOR</h2>
 
 
 Michael Shapiro,
 Michael Shapiro,
-U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory<p>
-Parser support: Bob Covill
+U.S. Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory<p>Parser support: Bob Covill
 
 
-<p>
-<i>Last changed: $Date$</i>
+<p><i>Last changed: $Date$</i>

+ 0 - 0
imagery/i.vi/i.vi.html


Some files were not shown because too many files changed in this diff